b90061301cf4b88a0704fc1ba633b04488393883
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /*
23 SECTION
24 ELF backends
25
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
29
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
33
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
43
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
49
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
53
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
55
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
60 {
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
68 }
69
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
71
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
76 {
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
84 }
85
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
87
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
92 {
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
95 }
96
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
98
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
103 {
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
106 }
107
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
109
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
114 {
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
120 }
121
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
123
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
128 {
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
134 }
135
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
137
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
142 {
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
148 }
149
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
151
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
156 {
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
162 }
163
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
165
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
170 {
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
172 }
173
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
175
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
180 {
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
182 }
183
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
186
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
189 {
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
194
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
196 {
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
199 {
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
204 }
205 }
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
207 }
208
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
211
212 unsigned long
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
214 {
215 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
216 unsigned long h = 5381;
217 unsigned char ch;
218
219 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
220 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
221 return h & 0xffffffff;
222 }
223
224 bfd_boolean
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
226 {
227 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
228 {
229 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
230 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
231 return FALSE;
232 }
233
234 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
235
236 return TRUE;
237 }
238
239 bfd_boolean
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
241 {
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
244 }
245
246 char *
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
248 {
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
250 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
251 file_ptr offset;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
253
254 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
255 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
256 return NULL;
257
258 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
259 if (shstrtab == NULL)
260 {
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
263 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
264
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
270 shstrtab = NULL;
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
272 {
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
275 shstrtab = NULL;
276 }
277 else
278 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
280 }
281 return (char *) shstrtab;
282 }
283
284 char *
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
286 unsigned int shindex,
287 unsigned int strindex)
288 {
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
290
291 if (strindex == 0)
292 return "";
293
294 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
295
296 if (hdr->contents == NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
298 return NULL;
299
300 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
301 {
302 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
306 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
307 ? ".shstrtab"
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
309 return "";
310 }
311
312 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
313 }
314
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
320
321 Elf_Internal_Sym *
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
324 size_t symcount,
325 size_t symoffset,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
327 void *extsym_buf,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
329 {
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
331 void *alloc_ext;
332 const bfd_byte *esym;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
337 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
338 size_t extsym_size;
339 bfd_size_type amt;
340 file_ptr pos;
341
342 if (symcount == 0)
343 return intsym_buf;
344
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
346 shndx_hdr = NULL;
347 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
348 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
349
350 /* Read the symbols. */
351 alloc_ext = NULL;
352 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
353 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
354 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
355 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
356 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
357 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
358 {
359 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
360 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
361 }
362 if (extsym_buf == NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
365 {
366 intsym_buf = NULL;
367 goto out;
368 }
369
370 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
371 extshndx_buf = NULL;
372 else
373 {
374 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
375 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
376 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
377 {
378 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
380 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
381 }
382 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
385 {
386 intsym_buf = NULL;
387 goto out;
388 }
389 }
390
391 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
392 {
393 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
394 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
395 goto out;
396 }
397
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
400 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
401 isym < isymend;
402 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
403 (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
404
405 out:
406 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
407 free (alloc_ext);
408 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
409 free (alloc_extshndx);
410
411 return intsym_buf;
412 }
413
414 /* Look up a symbol name. */
415 const char *
416 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
417 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
418 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
419 asection *sym_sec)
420 {
421 const char *name;
422 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
423 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
424
425 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
426 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
427 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
428 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
429 {
430 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
431 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
432 }
433
434 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
435 if (name == NULL)
436 name = "(null)";
437 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
438 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
439
440 return name;
441 }
442
443 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
444 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
445 pointers. */
446
447 typedef union elf_internal_group {
448 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
449 unsigned int flags;
450 } Elf_Internal_Group;
451
452 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
453 signature just a string? */
454
455 static const char *
456 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
457 {
458 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
459 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
460 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
461 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
462
463 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
464 that it is a symbol table section. */
465 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
466 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
467 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
468 return NULL;
469
470 /* Go read the symbol. */
471 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
472 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
473 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
474 return NULL;
475
476 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
477 }
478
479 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
480
481 static bfd_boolean
482 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
483 {
484 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
485
486 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
487 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
488 if (num_group == 0)
489 {
490 unsigned int i, shnum;
491
492 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
493 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
494 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
495 num_group = 0;
496 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
497 {
498 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
499 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
500 num_group += 1;
501 }
502
503 if (num_group == 0)
504 {
505 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
506 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
507 }
508 else
509 {
510 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
511 so we can find them quickly. */
512 bfd_size_type amt;
513
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
515 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
516 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
517 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
518 return FALSE;
519
520 num_group = 0;
521 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
522 {
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
524 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
525 {
526 unsigned char *src;
527 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
528
529 /* Add to list of sections. */
530 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
531 num_group += 1;
532
533 /* Read the raw contents. */
534 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
535 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
536 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
537 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
538 if (shdr->contents == NULL
539 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
540 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
541 != shdr->sh_size))
542 return FALSE;
543
544 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
545 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
546 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
547 pointers. */
548 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
549 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
550 while (1)
551 {
552 unsigned int idx;
553
554 src -= 4;
555 --dest;
556 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
557 if (src == shdr->contents)
558 {
559 dest->flags = idx;
560 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
561 shdr->bfd_section->flags
562 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
563 break;
564 }
565 if (idx >= shnum)
566 {
567 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
568 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
569 idx = 0;
570 }
571 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
572 }
573 }
574 }
575 }
576 }
577
578 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
579 {
580 unsigned int i;
581
582 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
583 {
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
585 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
586 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
587
588 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
589 section is a member. */
590 while (--n_elt != 0)
591 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
592 {
593 asection *s = NULL;
594
595 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
596 other members to see if any others are linked via
597 next_in_group. */
598 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
599 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
600 while (--n_elt != 0)
601 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
602 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
603 break;
604 if (n_elt != 0)
605 {
606 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
607 insert current section in circular list. */
608 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
609 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
610 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
611 }
612 else
613 {
614 const char *gname;
615
616 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
617 if (gname == NULL)
618 return FALSE;
619 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
620
621 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
622 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
623 }
624
625 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
626 new member. */
627 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
628 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
629
630 i = num_group - 1;
631 break;
632 }
633 }
634 }
635
636 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
637 {
638 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
639 abfd, newsect);
640 }
641 return TRUE;
642 }
643
644 bfd_boolean
645 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
646 {
647 unsigned int i;
648 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
649 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
650 asection *s;
651
652 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
653 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
654 {
655 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
656 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
657 {
658 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
659 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
660 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
661 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
662 if (elfsec == 0)
663 {
664 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
665 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
666 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
667 bed->link_order_error_handler
668 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
669 abfd, s);
670 }
671 else
672 {
673 asection *link;
674
675 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
676
677 /* PR 1991, 2008:
678 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
679 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
680 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
681 if (link == NULL)
682 {
683 (*_bfd_error_handler)
684 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
685 s->owner, s, elfsec);
686 result = FALSE;
687 }
688
689 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
690 }
691 }
692 }
693
694 /* Process section groups. */
695 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
696 return result;
697
698 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
699 {
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
701 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
702 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
703
704 while (--n_elt != 0)
705 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
706 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
707 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
708 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
709 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
710 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
711 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
712 relocation sections are in section group in input object
713 files. */
714 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
715 else
716 {
717 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
718 (*_bfd_error_handler)
719 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
720 abfd,
721 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
722 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
723 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
724 ->e_shstrndx),
725 idx->shdr->sh_name),
726 shdr->bfd_section->name);
727 result = FALSE;
728 }
729 }
730 return result;
731 }
732
733 bfd_boolean
734 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
735 {
736 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
737 }
738
739 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
740 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
741
742 bfd_boolean
743 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
744 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
745 const char *name,
746 int shindex)
747 {
748 asection *newsect;
749 flagword flags;
750 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
751
752 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
753 {
754 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
755 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
756 return TRUE;
757 }
758
759 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
760 if (newsect == NULL)
761 return FALSE;
762
763 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
764 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
765 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
766
767 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
768 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
769 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
770
771 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
772
773 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
774 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
776 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
777 return FALSE;
778
779 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
780 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
781 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
782 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
783 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
784 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
785 {
786 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
787 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
788 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
789 }
790 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
791 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
792 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
793 flags |= SEC_CODE;
794 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
795 flags |= SEC_DATA;
796 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
797 {
798 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
799 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
800 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
801 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
802 }
803 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
804 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
805 return FALSE;
806 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
807 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
808
809 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
810 {
811 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
812 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
813 static const struct
814 {
815 const char *name;
816 int len;
817 } debug_sections [] =
818 {
819 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
820 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
821 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
822 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
823 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
824 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
825 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
826 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
827 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
828 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
829 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
830 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
831 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
832 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
833 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
834 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
835 };
836
837 if (name [0] == '.')
838 {
839 int i = name [1] - 'd';
840 if (i >= 0
841 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
842 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
843 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
844 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
845 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
846 }
847 }
848
849 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
850 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
851 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
852 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
853 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
854 all but one of the sections. */
855 if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
856 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
857 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
858
859 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
860 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
861 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
862 return FALSE;
863
864 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
865 return FALSE;
866
867 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
868 {
869 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
870 unsigned int i;
871
872 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
873 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
874 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
875 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
876 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
877 {
878 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
879 break;
880 }
881 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
882 {
883 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
884 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
885 {
886 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
887 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
888 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
889 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
890
891 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
892 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
893 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
894 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
895 place special significance on the address 0 and
896 executables need to be able to have a segment which
897 covers this address. */
898 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
899 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
900 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
901 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
902 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
903 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
904 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
905 {
906 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
907 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
908 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
909 else
910 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
911 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
912 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
913 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
914 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
915 segment will contain sections with contiguous
916 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
917 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
918 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
919
920 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
921 offsets whether a section with zero size should
922 be placed at the end of one segment or the
923 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
924 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
925 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
926 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
927 break;
928 }
929 }
930 }
931 }
932
933 return TRUE;
934 }
935
936 /*
937 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
938 bfd_elf_find_section
939
940 SYNOPSIS
941 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
942
943 DESCRIPTION
944 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
945 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
946 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
947 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
948 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
949 */
950
951 struct elf_internal_shdr *
952 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
953 {
954 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
955 char *shstrtab;
956 unsigned int max;
957 unsigned int i;
958
959 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
960 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
961 {
962 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
963 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
964 if (shstrtab != NULL)
965 {
966 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
967 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
968 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
969 return i_shdrp[i];
970 }
971 }
972 return 0;
973 }
974
975 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
976 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
977 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
978 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
979 };
980
981 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
982 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
983 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
984 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
985 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
986 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
987 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
988 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
989 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
990
991 bfd_reloc_status_type
992 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
993 arelent *reloc_entry,
994 asymbol *symbol,
995 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
996 asection *input_section,
997 bfd *output_bfd,
998 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
999 {
1000 if (output_bfd != NULL
1001 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1002 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1003 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1004 {
1005 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1006 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1007 }
1008
1009 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1010 }
1011 \f
1012 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1013
1014 static void
1015 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1016 asection *sec)
1017 {
1018 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
1019 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
1020 }
1021
1022 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1023
1024 bfd_boolean
1025 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1026 {
1027 bfd *ibfd;
1028 asection *sec;
1029
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1031 return FALSE;
1032
1033 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
1034 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
1035 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
1036 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
1037 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
1038 {
1039 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
1040
1041 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
1042 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
1043 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1044 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
1045 return FALSE;
1046 else if (secdata->sec_info)
1047 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
1048 }
1049
1050 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
1051 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1052 merge_sections_remove_hook);
1053 return TRUE;
1054 }
1055
1056 void
1057 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1058 {
1059 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1060 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1061 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1062 return;
1063
1064 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1065 }
1066 \f
1067 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1068 another. */
1069
1070 bfd_boolean
1071 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1072 {
1073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1075 return TRUE;
1076
1077 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1078 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1079 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1080
1081 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1082 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1083 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1084 return TRUE;
1085 }
1086
1087 static const char *
1088 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1089 {
1090 const char *pt;
1091 switch (p_type)
1092 {
1093 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1094 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1095 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1096 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1097 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1098 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1099 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1100 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1101 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1102 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1103 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1104 default: pt = NULL; break;
1105 }
1106 return pt;
1107 }
1108
1109 /* Print out the program headers. */
1110
1111 bfd_boolean
1112 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1113 {
1114 FILE *f = farg;
1115 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1116 asection *s;
1117 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1118
1119 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1120 if (p != NULL)
1121 {
1122 unsigned int i, c;
1123
1124 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1125 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1126 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1127 {
1128 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1129 char buf[20];
1130
1131 if (pt == NULL)
1132 {
1133 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1134 pt = buf;
1135 }
1136 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1137 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1138 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1139 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1140 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1141 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1142 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1143 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1144 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1145 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1146 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1147 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1148 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1149 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1150 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1151 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1152 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1153 fprintf (f, "\n");
1154 }
1155 }
1156
1157 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1158 if (s != NULL)
1159 {
1160 int elfsec;
1161 unsigned long shlink;
1162 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1163 size_t extdynsize;
1164 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1165
1166 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1167
1168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1169 goto error_return;
1170
1171 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1172 if (elfsec == -1)
1173 goto error_return;
1174 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1175
1176 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1177 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1178
1179 extdyn = dynbuf;
1180 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1181 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1182 {
1183 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1184 const char *name;
1185 char ab[20];
1186 bfd_boolean stringp;
1187
1188 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1189
1190 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1191 break;
1192
1193 stringp = FALSE;
1194 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1195 {
1196 default:
1197 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1198 name = ab;
1199 break;
1200
1201 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1202 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1204 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1205 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1206 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1207 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1208 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1209 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1210 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1212 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1213 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1214 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1215 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1216 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1217 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1218 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1220 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1221 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1222 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1223 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1224 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1225 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1226 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1227 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1228 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1229 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1230 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1231 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1232 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1233 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1234 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1235 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1236 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1237 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1238 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1239 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1240 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1241 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1242 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1243 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1244 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1245 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1246 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1247 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1248 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1249 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1250 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1251 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1252 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1253 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1254 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1255 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1256 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1257 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1258 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1259 }
1260
1261 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1262 if (! stringp)
1263 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1264 else
1265 {
1266 const char *string;
1267 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1268
1269 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1270 if (string == NULL)
1271 goto error_return;
1272 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1273 }
1274 fprintf (f, "\n");
1275 }
1276
1277 free (dynbuf);
1278 dynbuf = NULL;
1279 }
1280
1281 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1282 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1283 {
1284 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1285 return FALSE;
1286 }
1287
1288 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1289 {
1290 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1291
1292 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1293 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1294 {
1295 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1296 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1297 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1298 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1299 {
1300 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1301
1302 fprintf (f, "\t");
1303 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1304 a != NULL;
1305 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1306 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1307 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1308 fprintf (f, "\n");
1309 }
1310 }
1311 }
1312
1313 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1314 {
1315 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1316
1317 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1318 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1319 {
1320 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1321
1322 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1323 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1324 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1325 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1326 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1327 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1328 }
1329 }
1330
1331 return TRUE;
1332
1333 error_return:
1334 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1335 free (dynbuf);
1336 return FALSE;
1337 }
1338
1339 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1340
1341 void
1342 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1343 void *filep,
1344 asymbol *symbol,
1345 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1346 {
1347 FILE *file = filep;
1348 switch (how)
1349 {
1350 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1351 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1352 break;
1353 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1354 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1355 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1356 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1357 break;
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1359 {
1360 const char *section_name;
1361 const char *name = NULL;
1362 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1363 unsigned char st_other;
1364 bfd_vma val;
1365
1366 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1367
1368 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1369 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1370 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1371
1372 if (name == NULL)
1373 {
1374 name = symbol->name;
1375 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1376 }
1377
1378 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1379 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1380 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1381 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1382 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1383 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1384 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1385 else
1386 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1387 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1388
1389 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1390 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1391 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1392 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1393 {
1394 unsigned int vernum;
1395 const char *version_string;
1396
1397 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1398
1399 if (vernum == 0)
1400 version_string = "";
1401 else if (vernum == 1)
1402 version_string = "Base";
1403 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1404 version_string =
1405 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1406 else
1407 {
1408 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1409
1410 version_string = "";
1411 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1412 t != NULL;
1413 t = t->vn_nextref)
1414 {
1415 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1416
1417 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1418 {
1419 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1420 {
1421 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1422 break;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 }
1426 }
1427
1428 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1429 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1430 else
1431 {
1432 int i;
1433
1434 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1435 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1436 putc (' ', file);
1437 }
1438 }
1439
1440 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1441 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1442
1443 switch (st_other)
1444 {
1445 case 0: break;
1446 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1447 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1448 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1449 default:
1450 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1451 everything hex. */
1452 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1453 }
1454
1455 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1456 }
1457 break;
1458 }
1459 }
1460 \f
1461 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1462
1463 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1464 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1465 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1466 const char *string)
1467 {
1468 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1469 subclass. */
1470 if (entry == NULL)
1471 {
1472 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1473 if (entry == NULL)
1474 return entry;
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1478 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1479 if (entry != NULL)
1480 {
1481 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1482 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1483
1484 /* Set local fields. */
1485 ret->indx = -1;
1486 ret->dynindx = -1;
1487 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1488 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1489 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1490 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1491 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1492 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1493 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1494 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1495 ret->non_elf = 1;
1496 }
1497
1498 return entry;
1499 }
1500
1501 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1502 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1503
1504 void
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1506 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1507 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1508 {
1509 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1510
1511 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1512 symbol which just became indirect. */
1513
1514 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1515 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1516 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1517 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1518 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1519 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1520
1521 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1522 return;
1523
1524 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1525 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1526 htab = elf_hash_table (info);
1527 if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount)
1528 {
1529 if (dir->got.refcount < 0)
1530 dir->got.refcount = 0;
1531 dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount;
1532 ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount;
1533 }
1534
1535 if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount)
1536 {
1537 if (dir->plt.refcount < 0)
1538 dir->plt.refcount = 0;
1539 dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount;
1540 ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount;
1541 }
1542
1543 if (ind->dynindx != -1)
1544 {
1545 if (dir->dynindx != -1)
1546 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index);
1547 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1548 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1549 ind->dynindx = -1;
1550 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1551 }
1552 }
1553
1554 void
1555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1556 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1557 bfd_boolean force_local)
1558 {
1559 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1560 h->needs_plt = 0;
1561 if (force_local)
1562 {
1563 h->forced_local = 1;
1564 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1565 {
1566 h->dynindx = -1;
1567 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1568 h->dynstr_index);
1569 }
1570 }
1571 }
1572
1573 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1574
1575 bfd_boolean
1576 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1577 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1578 bfd *abfd,
1579 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1580 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1581 const char *),
1582 unsigned int entsize)
1583 {
1584 bfd_boolean ret;
1585 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1586
1587 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1588 table->dynobj = NULL;
1589 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1590 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1591 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1592 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1593 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1594 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1595 table->dynstr = NULL;
1596 table->bucketcount = 0;
1597 table->needed = NULL;
1598 table->hgot = NULL;
1599 table->hplt = NULL;
1600 table->merge_info = NULL;
1601 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1602 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1603 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1604 table->runpath = NULL;
1605 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1606 table->tls_size = 0;
1607 table->loaded = NULL;
1608 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1609
1610 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc, entsize);
1611 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1612
1613 return ret;
1614 }
1615
1616 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1617
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1619 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1620 {
1621 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1622 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1623
1624 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1625 if (ret == NULL)
1626 return NULL;
1627
1628 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
1629 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)))
1630 {
1631 free (ret);
1632 return NULL;
1633 }
1634
1635 return &ret->root;
1636 }
1637
1638 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1639 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1640 entry for a dynamic object. */
1641
1642 void
1643 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1644 {
1645 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1646 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1647 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1648 }
1649
1650 int
1651 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1652 {
1653 int lib_class;
1654 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1655 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1656 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1657 else
1658 lib_class = 0;
1659 return lib_class;
1660 }
1661
1662 void
1663 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1664 {
1665 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1666 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1667 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1668 }
1669
1670 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1671 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1672
1673 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1674 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1675 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1676 {
1677 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1678 return NULL;
1679 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1680 }
1681
1682 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1683 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1684
1685 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1686 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1687 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1688 {
1689 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1690 return NULL;
1691 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1692 }
1693
1694 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1695 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1696 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1697
1698 const char *
1699 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1700 {
1701 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1702 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1703 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1704 return NULL;
1705 }
1706
1707 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1708 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1709
1710 bfd_boolean
1711 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1712 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1713 {
1714 asection *s;
1715 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1716 int elfsec;
1717 unsigned long shlink;
1718 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1719 size_t extdynsize;
1720 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1721
1722 *pneeded = NULL;
1723
1724 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1725 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1726 return TRUE;
1727
1728 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1729 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1730 return TRUE;
1731
1732 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1733 goto error_return;
1734
1735 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1736 if (elfsec == -1)
1737 goto error_return;
1738
1739 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1740
1741 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1742 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1743
1744 extdyn = dynbuf;
1745 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1746 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1747 {
1748 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1749
1750 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1751
1752 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1753 break;
1754
1755 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1756 {
1757 const char *string;
1758 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1759 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1760 bfd_size_type amt;
1761
1762 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1763 if (string == NULL)
1764 goto error_return;
1765
1766 amt = sizeof *l;
1767 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1768 if (l == NULL)
1769 goto error_return;
1770
1771 l->by = abfd;
1772 l->name = string;
1773 l->next = *pneeded;
1774 *pneeded = l;
1775 }
1776 }
1777
1778 free (dynbuf);
1779
1780 return TRUE;
1781
1782 error_return:
1783 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1784 free (dynbuf);
1785 return FALSE;
1786 }
1787 \f
1788 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1789
1790 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1791 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1792 {
1793 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1794
1795 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1796 if (ret != NULL)
1797 {
1798 bfd_size_type loc;
1799
1800 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1801 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1802 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1803 {
1804 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1805 ret = NULL;
1806 }
1807 }
1808 return ret;
1809 }
1810 \f
1811 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1812
1813 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1814
1815 bfd_boolean
1816 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1817 {
1818 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1819 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1820 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1821 const char *name;
1822
1823 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1824 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1825 hdr->sh_name);
1826 if (name == NULL)
1827 return FALSE;
1828
1829 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1830 {
1831 case SHT_NULL:
1832 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1833 return TRUE;
1834
1835 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1836 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1837 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1838 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1839 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1840 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1841 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1842 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1843 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1844 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1845
1846 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1847 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1848 return FALSE;
1849 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1850 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1851 return FALSE;
1852 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1853 {
1854 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1855
1856 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1857 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1858 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1859 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1860 {
1861 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1862 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1863 }
1864 else
1865 {
1866 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1867
1868 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1869 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1870 {
1871 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1872 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1873 {
1874 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1875 break;
1876 }
1877 }
1878 }
1879 }
1880 break;
1881
1882 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1883 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1884 return TRUE;
1885
1886 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1887 return FALSE;
1888 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1889 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1890 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1892 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1893
1894 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1895 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1896 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1897 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1898 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1899 linker. */
1900 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1901 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1902 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1903 shindex))
1904 return FALSE;
1905
1906 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1907 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1908 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1909 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1910 {
1911 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1912
1913 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1914 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1915 {
1916 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1917 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1918 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1919 break;
1920 }
1921 if (i == num_sec)
1922 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1923 {
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1925 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1927 break;
1928 }
1929 if (i != shindex)
1930 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1931 }
1932 return TRUE;
1933
1934 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1935 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1936 return TRUE;
1937
1938 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1939 return FALSE;
1940 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1941 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1942 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1943 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1944 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1945
1946 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1947 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1948 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1949
1950 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1951 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1952 return TRUE;
1953
1954 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1955 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1956 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1957 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1958 return TRUE;
1959
1960 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1961 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1962 return TRUE;
1963 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1964 {
1965 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1966 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1967 return TRUE;
1968 }
1969 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1970 {
1971 symtab_strtab:
1972 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1973 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1974 return TRUE;
1975 }
1976 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1977 {
1978 dynsymtab_strtab:
1979 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1980 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1982 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1983 can handle it. */
1984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1985 shindex);
1986 }
1987
1988 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1989 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1990 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1991 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1992 {
1993 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1994
1995 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1996 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1997 {
1998 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1999 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2000 {
2001 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2002 if (i == shindex)
2003 return FALSE;
2004 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2005 return FALSE;
2006 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2007 goto symtab_strtab;
2008 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2009 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2010 }
2011 }
2012 }
2013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2014
2015 case SHT_REL:
2016 case SHT_RELA:
2017 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2018 {
2019 asection *target_sect;
2020 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
2021 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2022
2023 if (hdr->sh_entsize
2024 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2025 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2026 return FALSE;
2027
2028 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2029 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
2030 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2031 {
2032 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
2033 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2034 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
2035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2036 shindex);
2037 }
2038
2039 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2040 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2041 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2042 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2043 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2044 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2045 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2046 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2047 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2048 {
2049 unsigned int scan;
2050 int found;
2051
2052 found = 0;
2053 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2054 {
2055 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2056 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2057 {
2058 if (found != 0)
2059 {
2060 found = 0;
2061 break;
2062 }
2063 found = scan;
2064 }
2065 }
2066 if (found != 0)
2067 hdr->sh_link = found;
2068 }
2069
2070 /* Get the symbol table. */
2071 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2072 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2073 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2074 return FALSE;
2075
2076 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2077 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2078 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2079 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2080 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2081 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2082 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2083 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2084 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
2085 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2086 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2087 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2089 shindex);
2090
2091 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2092 return FALSE;
2093 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2094 if (target_sect == NULL)
2095 return FALSE;
2096
2097 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2098 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2099 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2100 else
2101 {
2102 bfd_size_type amt;
2103 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2104 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2105 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2106 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2107 }
2108 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2109 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2110 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2111 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2112 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2113 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2114 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2115 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2116 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2117 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2118 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2119 return TRUE;
2120 }
2121 break;
2122
2123 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2124 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2125 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2126 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2127 break;
2128
2129 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2130 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2131 return FALSE;
2132 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2133 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2134 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2135
2136 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2137 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2138 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2139 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2140
2141 case SHT_SHLIB:
2142 return TRUE;
2143
2144 case SHT_GROUP:
2145 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2146 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2147 name. */
2148 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2149 return FALSE;
2150 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2151 if (name == NULL)
2152 return FALSE;
2153 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2154 return FALSE;
2155 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2156 {
2157 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2158 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2159 asection *s;
2160
2161 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2162 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2163 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2164
2165 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2166 idx += n_elt;
2167 while (--n_elt != 0)
2168 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2169 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2170 {
2171 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2172 break;
2173 }
2174 }
2175 break;
2176
2177 default:
2178 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2179 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2180 return TRUE;
2181
2182 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2183 {
2184 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2185 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2186 for applications? */
2187 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2188 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2189 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2190 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2191 else
2192 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2193 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2194 shindex);
2195 }
2196 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2197 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2198 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2199 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2200 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2201 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
2202 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2203 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2204 {
2205 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2206 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2207 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2208 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2209 be rejected with an error message. */
2210 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2211 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2212 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
2213 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2214 else
2215 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2216 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2217 }
2218 else
2219 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2220 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2221 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2222 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2223
2224 return FALSE;
2225 }
2226
2227 return TRUE;
2228 }
2229
2230 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2231 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2232
2233 asection *
2234 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2235 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2236 asection *sec,
2237 unsigned long r_symndx)
2238 {
2239 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2240 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2241 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2242 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2243 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2244
2245 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2246 return cache->sec[ent];
2247
2248 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2249 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2250 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2251 return NULL;
2252
2253 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2254 {
2255 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2256 cache->abfd = abfd;
2257 }
2258 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2259 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2260 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2261 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2262 {
2263 asection *s;
2264 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2265 if (s != NULL)
2266 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2267 }
2268 return cache->sec[ent];
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2272 section. */
2273
2274 asection *
2275 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2276 {
2277 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2278 return NULL;
2279 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2280 }
2281
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2283 {
2284 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2285 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2286 };
2287
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2289 {
2290 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2291 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2292 };
2293
2294 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2295 {
2296 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2297 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2298 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2299 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2300 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2301 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2302 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2303 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2304 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2305 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2306 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2307 };
2308
2309 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2310 {
2311 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2312 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2313 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2314 };
2315
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2317 {
2318 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2319 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2320 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2321 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2322 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2323 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2324 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2325 { ".gnu.hash", 9, 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2326 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2327 };
2328
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2330 {
2331 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2332 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2333 };
2334
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2336 {
2337 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2338 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2339 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2340 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2341 };
2342
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2344 {
2345 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2346 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2347 };
2348
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2350 {
2351 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2352 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2353 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2354 };
2355
2356 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2357 {
2358 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2359 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2360 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2361 };
2362
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2364 {
2365 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2366 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2367 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2368 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2369 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2370 };
2371
2372 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2373 {
2374 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2375 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2376 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2377 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2378 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2379 };
2380
2381 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2382 {
2383 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2384 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2385 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2386 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2387 };
2388
2389 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2390 {
2391 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2392 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2393 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2394 NULL, /* 'e' */
2395 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2396 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2397 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2398 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2399 NULL, /* 'j' */
2400 NULL, /* 'k' */
2401 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2402 NULL, /* 'm' */
2403 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2404 NULL, /* 'o' */
2405 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2406 NULL, /* 'q' */
2407 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2408 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2409 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2410 };
2411
2412 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2413 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2414 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2415 unsigned int rela)
2416 {
2417 int i;
2418 int len;
2419
2420 len = strlen (name);
2421
2422 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2423 {
2424 int suffix_len;
2425 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2426
2427 if (len < prefix_len)
2428 continue;
2429 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2430 continue;
2431
2432 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2433 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2434 {
2435 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2436 {
2437 if (suffix_len == 0)
2438 continue;
2439 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2440 && (suffix_len == -2
2441 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2442 continue;
2443 }
2444 }
2445 else
2446 {
2447 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2448 continue;
2449 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2450 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2451 suffix_len) != 0)
2452 continue;
2453 }
2454 return &spec[i];
2455 }
2456
2457 return NULL;
2458 }
2459
2460 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2461 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2462 {
2463 int i;
2464 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2465 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2466
2467 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2468 if (sec->name == NULL)
2469 return NULL;
2470
2471 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2472 spec = bed->special_sections;
2473 if (spec)
2474 {
2475 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2476 bed->special_sections,
2477 sec->use_rela_p);
2478 if (spec != NULL)
2479 return spec;
2480 }
2481
2482 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2483 return NULL;
2484
2485 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2486 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2487 return NULL;
2488
2489 spec = special_sections[i];
2490
2491 if (spec == NULL)
2492 return NULL;
2493
2494 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2495 }
2496
2497 bfd_boolean
2498 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2499 {
2500 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2502 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2503
2504 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2505 if (sdata == NULL)
2506 {
2507 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2508 if (sdata == NULL)
2509 return FALSE;
2510 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2511 }
2512
2513 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2514 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2515 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2516
2517 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2518 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2519 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2520 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2521 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2522 elf_fake_sections. */
2523 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2524 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2525 {
2526 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2527 if (ssect != NULL)
2528 {
2529 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2530 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2531 }
2532 }
2533
2534 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2535 }
2536
2537 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2538
2539 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2540 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2541 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2542 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2543
2544 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2545 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2546 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2547 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2548 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2549 of combined data+bss.
2550
2551 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2552 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2553 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2554 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2555 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2556
2557 */
2558
2559 bfd_boolean
2560 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2561 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2562 int index,
2563 const char *typename)
2564 {
2565 asection *newsect;
2566 char *name;
2567 char namebuf[64];
2568 size_t len;
2569 int split;
2570
2571 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2572 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2573 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2574 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2575 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2576 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2577 if (!name)
2578 return FALSE;
2579 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2580 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2581 if (newsect == NULL)
2582 return FALSE;
2583 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2584 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2585 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2586 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2587 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2588 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2589 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2590 {
2591 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2592 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2593 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2594 {
2595 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2596 may be data. */
2597 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2598 }
2599 }
2600 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2601 {
2602 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2603 }
2604
2605 if (split)
2606 {
2607 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2608 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2609 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2610 if (!name)
2611 return FALSE;
2612 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2613 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2614 if (newsect == NULL)
2615 return FALSE;
2616 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2617 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2618 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2619 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2620 {
2621 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2622 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2623 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2624 }
2625 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2626 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2627 }
2628
2629 return TRUE;
2630 }
2631
2632 bfd_boolean
2633 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2634 {
2635 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2636
2637 switch (hdr->p_type)
2638 {
2639 case PT_NULL:
2640 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2641
2642 case PT_LOAD:
2643 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2644
2645 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2646 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2647
2648 case PT_INTERP:
2649 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2650
2651 case PT_NOTE:
2652 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2653 return FALSE;
2654 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2655 return FALSE;
2656 return TRUE;
2657
2658 case PT_SHLIB:
2659 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2660
2661 case PT_PHDR:
2662 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2663
2664 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2666 "eh_frame_hdr");
2667
2668 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2669 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2670
2671 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2672 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2673
2674 default:
2675 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2676 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2677 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2678 }
2679 }
2680
2681 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2682 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2683 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2684
2685 bfd_boolean
2686 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2687 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2688 asection *asect,
2689 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2690 {
2691 char *name;
2692 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2693 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2694
2695 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2696 if (name == NULL)
2697 return FALSE;
2698 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2699 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2700 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2701 FALSE);
2702 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2703 return FALSE;
2704 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2705 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2706 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2707 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2708 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2709 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2710 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2711 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2712 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2713
2714 return TRUE;
2715 }
2716
2717 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2718
2719 static void
2720 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2721 {
2722 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2723 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2724 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2725
2726 if (*failedptr)
2727 {
2728 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2729 loop. */
2730 return;
2731 }
2732
2733 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2734
2735 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2736 asect->name, FALSE);
2737 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2738 {
2739 *failedptr = TRUE;
2740 return;
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2744
2745 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2746 || asect->user_set_vma)
2747 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2748 else
2749 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2750
2751 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2752 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2753 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2754 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2755 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2756 copy_private_section_data. */
2757
2758 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2759 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2760
2761 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2762 asect->flags. */
2763 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2764 {
2765 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2766 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2767 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2768 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2769 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2770 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2771 else
2772 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2773 }
2774
2775 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2776 {
2777 default:
2778 break;
2779
2780 case SHT_STRTAB:
2781 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2782 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2783 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2784 case SHT_NOTE:
2785 case SHT_NOBITS:
2786 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2787 break;
2788
2789 case SHT_HASH:
2790 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2791 break;
2792
2793 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2794 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2795 break;
2796
2797 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2798 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2799 break;
2800
2801 case SHT_RELA:
2802 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2803 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2804 break;
2805
2806 case SHT_REL:
2807 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2808 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2809 break;
2810
2811 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2812 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2813 break;
2814
2815 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2816 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2817 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2818 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2819 zero. */
2820 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2821 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2822 else
2823 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2824 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2825 break;
2826
2827 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2828 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2829 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2830 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2831 zero. */
2832 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2833 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2834 else
2835 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2836 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2837 break;
2838
2839 case SHT_GROUP:
2840 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2841 break;
2842
2843 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2844 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2845 break;
2846 }
2847
2848 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2849 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2850 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2851 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2852 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2853 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2854 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2855 {
2856 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2857 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2858 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2859 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2860 }
2861 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2862 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2863 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2864 {
2865 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2866 if (asect->size == 0
2867 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2868 {
2869 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2870
2871 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2872 if (o != NULL)
2873 {
2874 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2875 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2876 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2877 }
2878 }
2879 }
2880
2881 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2882 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2883 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2884 *failedptr = TRUE;
2885
2886 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2887 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2888 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2889 create the other. */
2890 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2891 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2892 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2893 asect,
2894 asect->use_rela_p))
2895 *failedptr = TRUE;
2896 }
2897
2898 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2899
2900 void
2901 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2902 {
2903 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2904 unsigned long symindx;
2905 asection *elt, *first;
2906 unsigned char *loc;
2907 bfd_boolean gas;
2908
2909 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2910 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2911 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2912 || *failedptr)
2913 return;
2914
2915 symindx = 0;
2916 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2917 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2918
2919 if (symindx == 0)
2920 {
2921 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2922 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2923 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2924 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2925 else
2926 symindx = sec->target_index;
2927 }
2928 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2929
2930 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2931 gas = TRUE;
2932 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2933 {
2934 gas = FALSE;
2935 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2936
2937 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2938 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2939 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2940 {
2941 *failedptr = TRUE;
2942 return;
2943 }
2944 }
2945
2946 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2947
2948 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2949 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2950 start of the input section group. */
2951 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2952
2953 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2954 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2955 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2956 directives, not that it matters. */
2957 while (elt != NULL)
2958 {
2959 asection *s;
2960 unsigned int idx;
2961
2962 loc -= 4;
2963 s = elt;
2964 if (!gas)
2965 s = s->output_section;
2966 idx = 0;
2967 if (s != NULL)
2968 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2969 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2970 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2971 if (elt == first)
2972 break;
2973 }
2974
2975 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2976 abort ();
2977
2978 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2979 }
2980
2981 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2982 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2983 in here too, while we're at it. */
2984
2985 static bfd_boolean
2986 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2987 {
2988 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2989 asection *sec;
2990 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2991 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2992 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2993
2994 section_number = 1;
2995
2996 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2997
2998 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2999 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
3000 {
3001 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3002 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3003 {
3004 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3005
3006 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3007 {
3008 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3009 {
3010 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3011 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3012 abfd->section_count--;
3013 }
3014 else
3015 {
3016 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3017 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3018 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3019 }
3020 }
3021 }
3022 }
3023
3024 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3025 {
3026 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3027
3028 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3029 {
3030 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3031 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3032 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3033 }
3034 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3035 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
3036 d->rel_idx = 0;
3037 else
3038 {
3039 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3040 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3041 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
3042 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
3043 }
3044
3045 if (d->rel_hdr2)
3046 {
3047 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3048 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3049 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
3050 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
3051 }
3052 else
3053 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
3054 }
3055
3056 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3057 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3058 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
3059 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3060 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
3061
3062 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3063 {
3064 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3065 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3066 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
3067 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3068 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
3069 {
3070 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3071 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3072 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
3073 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3074 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3075 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3076 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3077 return FALSE;
3078 }
3079 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3080 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3081 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
3082 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3083 }
3084
3085 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3086 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3087
3088 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3089 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3090 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
3091 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3092
3093 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3094 indices. */
3095 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3096 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3097 return FALSE;
3098
3099 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3100 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3101 {
3102 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3103 return FALSE;
3104 }
3105
3106 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3107
3108 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3109 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3110 {
3111 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3112 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3113 {
3114 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3115 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3116 }
3117 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3118 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3119 }
3120
3121 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3122 {
3123 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3124 asection *s;
3125 const char *name;
3126
3127 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3128 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3129 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3130 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3131 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3132
3133 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3134
3135 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3136 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3137 the relocation entries apply. */
3138 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3139 {
3140 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3141 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3142 }
3143 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3144 {
3145 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3146 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3147 }
3148
3149 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3150 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3151 {
3152 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3153 if (s)
3154 {
3155 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3156 if (link_info != NULL)
3157 {
3158 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3159 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3160 {
3161 asection *kept;
3162 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3163 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3164 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3165 s, s->owner);
3166 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3167 size as the discarded one. */
3168 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3169 if (kept == NULL)
3170 {
3171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3172 return FALSE;
3173 }
3174 s = kept;
3175 }
3176
3177 s = s->output_section;
3178 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3179 }
3180 else
3181 {
3182 /* Handle objcopy. */
3183 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3184 {
3185 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3186 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3187 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3188 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3189 return FALSE;
3190 }
3191 s = s->output_section;
3192 }
3193 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3194 }
3195 else
3196 {
3197 /* PR 290:
3198 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3199 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3200 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3201 where s is NULL. */
3202 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3203 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3204 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3205 bed->link_order_error_handler
3206 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3207 abfd, sec);
3208 }
3209 }
3210
3211 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3212 {
3213 case SHT_REL:
3214 case SHT_RELA:
3215 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3216 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3217 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3218 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3219 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3220 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3221 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3222 if (s != NULL)
3223 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3224
3225 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3226 name = sec->name;
3227 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3228 name += 4;
3229 else
3230 name += 5;
3231 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3232 if (s != NULL)
3233 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3234 break;
3235
3236 case SHT_STRTAB:
3237 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3238 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3239 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3240 field to point to this section. */
3241 if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3242 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3243 {
3244 size_t len;
3245 char *alc;
3246
3247 len = strlen (sec->name);
3248 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3249 if (alc == NULL)
3250 return FALSE;
3251 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3252 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3253 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3254 free (alc);
3255 if (s != NULL)
3256 {
3257 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3258
3259 /* This is a .stab section. */
3260 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3261 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3262 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3263 }
3264 }
3265 break;
3266
3267 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3268 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3269 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3270 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3271 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3272 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3273 version strings. */
3274 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3275 if (s != NULL)
3276 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3277 break;
3278
3279 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3280 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3281 list
3282 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3283 version strings. */
3284 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3285 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3286 if (s != NULL)
3287 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3288 break;
3289
3290 case SHT_HASH:
3291 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3292 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3293 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3294 this hash table or version table is for. */
3295 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3296 if (s != NULL)
3297 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3298 break;
3299
3300 case SHT_GROUP:
3301 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3302 }
3303 }
3304
3305 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3306 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3307 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3308 else
3309 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3310 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3311 return TRUE;
3312 }
3313
3314 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3315 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3316
3317 static bfd_boolean
3318 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3319 {
3320 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3322 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3323 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3324
3325 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3326 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3327 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3328 }
3329
3330 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3331 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3332 special sections. */
3333
3334 static bfd_boolean
3335 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3336 {
3337 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3338 && (sym->value != 0
3339 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3340 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3341 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3342 }
3343
3344 static bfd_boolean
3345 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3346 {
3347 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3348 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3349 asymbol **sect_syms;
3350 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3351 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3352 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3353 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3354 int max_index = 0;
3355 unsigned int idx;
3356 asection *asect;
3357 asymbol **new_syms;
3358
3359 #ifdef DEBUG
3360 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3361 fflush (stderr);
3362 #endif
3363
3364 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3365 {
3366 if (max_index < asect->index)
3367 max_index = asect->index;
3368 }
3369
3370 max_index++;
3371 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3372 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3373 return FALSE;
3374 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3375 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3376
3377 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3378 decided to output. */
3379 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3380 {
3381 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3382
3383 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3384 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3385 {
3386 asection *sec = sym->section;
3387
3388 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3389 sec = sec->output_section;
3390
3391 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3392 }
3393 }
3394
3395 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3396 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3397 {
3398 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3399 continue;
3400 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3401 num_locals++;
3402 else
3403 num_globals++;
3404 }
3405
3406 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3407 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3408 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3409 at least in that case. */
3410 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3411 {
3412 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3413 {
3414 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3415 num_locals++;
3416 else
3417 num_globals++;
3418 }
3419 }
3420
3421 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3422 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3423
3424 if (new_syms == NULL)
3425 return FALSE;
3426
3427 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3428 {
3429 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3430 unsigned int i;
3431
3432 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3433 continue;
3434 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3435 i = num_locals2++;
3436 else
3437 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3438 new_syms[i] = sym;
3439 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3440 }
3441 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3442 {
3443 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3444 {
3445 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3446 unsigned int i;
3447
3448 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3449 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3450 i = num_locals2++;
3451 else
3452 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3453 new_syms[i] = sym;
3454 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3455 }
3456 }
3457
3458 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3459
3460 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3461 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3462 return TRUE;
3463 }
3464
3465 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3466 ELF data structure. */
3467
3468 static inline file_ptr
3469 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3470 {
3471 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3472 }
3473
3474 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3475 required section alignment. */
3476
3477 file_ptr
3478 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3479 file_ptr offset,
3480 bfd_boolean align)
3481 {
3482 if (align)
3483 {
3484 unsigned int al;
3485
3486 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3487 if (al > 1)
3488 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3489 }
3490 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3491 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3492 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3493 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3494 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3495 return offset;
3496 }
3497
3498 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3499 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3500 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3501
3502 bfd_boolean
3503 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3504 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3505 {
3506 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3507 bfd_boolean failed;
3508 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3509 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3510
3511 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3512 return TRUE;
3513
3514 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3515 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3516 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3517
3518 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3519 return FALSE;
3520
3521 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3522 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3523 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3524
3525 failed = FALSE;
3526 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3527 if (failed)
3528 return FALSE;
3529
3530 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3531 return FALSE;
3532
3533 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3534 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3535 {
3536 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3537 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3538
3539 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3540 return FALSE;
3541 }
3542
3543 if (link_info == NULL)
3544 {
3545 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3546 if (failed)
3547 return FALSE;
3548 }
3549
3550 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3551 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3552 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3553 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3554 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3555 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3556 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3557 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3558 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3559 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3560 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3561
3562 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3563 return FALSE;
3564
3565 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3566 {
3567 file_ptr off;
3568 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3569
3570 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3571
3572 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3573 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3574
3575 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3576 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3577 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3578
3579 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3580 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3581
3582 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3583
3584 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3585 out. */
3586 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3587 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3588 return FALSE;
3589 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3590 }
3591
3592 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3593
3594 return TRUE;
3595 }
3596
3597 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3598 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3599
3600 static bfd_size_type
3601 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3602 {
3603 size_t segs;
3604 asection *s;
3605 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3606
3607 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3608 and one for data. */
3609 segs = 2;
3610
3611 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3612 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3613 {
3614 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3615 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3616 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3617 targets. */
3618 segs += 2;
3619 }
3620
3621 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3622 {
3623 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3624 ++segs;
3625 }
3626
3627 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3628 {
3629 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3630 ++segs;
3631 }
3632
3633 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3634 {
3635 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3636 ++segs;
3637 }
3638
3639 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3640 {
3641 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3642 ++segs;
3643 }
3644
3645 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3646 {
3647 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3648 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
3649 {
3650 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3651 ++segs;
3652 }
3653 }
3654
3655 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3656 {
3657 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3658 {
3659 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3660 ++segs;
3661 break;
3662 }
3663 }
3664
3665 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3666 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3667 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3668 {
3669 int a;
3670
3671 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3672 if (a == -1)
3673 abort ();
3674 segs += a;
3675 }
3676
3677 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3678 }
3679
3680 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3681
3682 static struct elf_segment_map *
3683 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3684 asection **sections,
3685 unsigned int from,
3686 unsigned int to,
3687 bfd_boolean phdr)
3688 {
3689 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3690 unsigned int i;
3691 asection **hdrpp;
3692 bfd_size_type amt;
3693
3694 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3695 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3696 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3697 if (m == NULL)
3698 return NULL;
3699 m->next = NULL;
3700 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3701 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3702 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3703 m->count = to - from;
3704
3705 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3706 {
3707 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3708 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3709 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3710 }
3711
3712 return m;
3713 }
3714
3715 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3716 on failure. */
3717
3718 struct elf_segment_map *
3719 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3720 {
3721 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3722
3723 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3724 if (m == NULL)
3725 return NULL;
3726 m->next = NULL;
3727 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3728 m->count = 1;
3729 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3730
3731 return m;
3732 }
3733
3734 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3735
3736 static bfd_boolean
3737 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3738 {
3739 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3740 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3741
3742 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3743 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3744 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3745 sections. */
3746 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3747 m != NULL;
3748 m = m->next)
3749 {
3750 unsigned int i, new_count;
3751
3752 new_count = 0;
3753 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
3754 {
3755 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3756 && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3757 || m->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3758 {
3759 if (i != new_count)
3760 m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
3761
3762 new_count ++;
3763 }
3764 }
3765
3766 if (new_count != m->count)
3767 m->count = new_count;
3768 }
3769
3770 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3771 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3772 {
3773 if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3774 return FALSE;
3775 }
3776
3777 return TRUE;
3778 }
3779
3780 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3781
3782 bfd_boolean
3783 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3784 {
3785 unsigned int count;
3786 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3787 asection **sections = NULL;
3788 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3789
3790 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL
3791 && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3792 {
3793 asection *s;
3794 unsigned int i;
3795 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3796 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3797 asection *last_hdr;
3798 bfd_vma last_size;
3799 unsigned int phdr_index;
3800 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3801 asection **hdrpp;
3802 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3803 bfd_boolean writable;
3804 int tls_count = 0;
3805 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3806 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3807 bfd_size_type amt;
3808
3809 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3810
3811 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3812 if (sections == NULL)
3813 goto error_return;
3814
3815 i = 0;
3816 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3817 {
3818 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3819 {
3820 sections[i] = s;
3821 ++i;
3822 }
3823 }
3824 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3825 count = i;
3826
3827 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3828
3829 /* Build the mapping. */
3830
3831 mfirst = NULL;
3832 pm = &mfirst;
3833
3834 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3835 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3836 section. */
3837 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3838 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3839 {
3840 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3841 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3842 if (m == NULL)
3843 goto error_return;
3844 m->next = NULL;
3845 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3846 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3847 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3848 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3849 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3850
3851 *pm = m;
3852 pm = &m->next;
3853
3854 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3855 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3856 if (m == NULL)
3857 goto error_return;
3858 m->next = NULL;
3859 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3860 m->count = 1;
3861 m->sections[0] = s;
3862
3863 *pm = m;
3864 pm = &m->next;
3865 }
3866
3867 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3868 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3869 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3870 last_hdr = NULL;
3871 last_size = 0;
3872 phdr_index = 0;
3873 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3874 writable = FALSE;
3875 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3876 if (dynsec != NULL
3877 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3878 dynsec = NULL;
3879
3880 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3881 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3882 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3883 program headers we will need. */
3884 if (count > 0)
3885 {
3886 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3887
3888 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3889 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3890 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3891 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3892 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3893 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3894 }
3895
3896 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3897 {
3898 asection *hdr;
3899 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3900
3901 hdr = *hdrpp;
3902
3903 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3904 segment. */
3905
3906 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3907 {
3908 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3909 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3910 new_segment = FALSE;
3911 }
3912 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3913 {
3914 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3915 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3916 segment. */
3917 new_segment = TRUE;
3918 }
3919 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3920 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3921 {
3922 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3923 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3924 new_segment = TRUE;
3925 }
3926 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3927 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3928 {
3929 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3930 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3931 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3932 new_segment = TRUE;
3933 }
3934 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3935 {
3936 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3937 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3938 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3939 new_segment = FALSE;
3940 }
3941 else if (! writable
3942 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3943 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3944 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3945 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3946 {
3947 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3948 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3949 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3950 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3951 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3952 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3953 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3954 new_segment = TRUE;
3955 }
3956 else
3957 {
3958 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3959 new_segment = FALSE;
3960 }
3961
3962 if (! new_segment)
3963 {
3964 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3965 writable = TRUE;
3966 last_hdr = hdr;
3967 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3968 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3969 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3970 last_size = hdr->size;
3971 else
3972 last_size = 0;
3973 continue;
3974 }
3975
3976 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3977 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3978
3979 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3980 if (m == NULL)
3981 goto error_return;
3982
3983 *pm = m;
3984 pm = &m->next;
3985
3986 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3987 writable = TRUE;
3988 else
3989 writable = FALSE;
3990
3991 last_hdr = hdr;
3992 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3993 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3994 last_size = hdr->size;
3995 else
3996 last_size = 0;
3997 phdr_index = i;
3998 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3999 }
4000
4001 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4002 if (last_hdr != NULL)
4003 {
4004 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4005 if (m == NULL)
4006 goto error_return;
4007
4008 *pm = m;
4009 pm = &m->next;
4010 }
4011
4012 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4013 if (dynsec != NULL)
4014 {
4015 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4016 if (m == NULL)
4017 goto error_return;
4018 *pm = m;
4019 pm = &m->next;
4020 }
4021
4022 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4023 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4024 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4025 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4026 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4027 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4028 {
4029 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4030 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
4031 {
4032 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4033 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4034 if (m == NULL)
4035 goto error_return;
4036 m->next = NULL;
4037 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4038 m->count = 1;
4039 m->sections[0] = s;
4040
4041 *pm = m;
4042 pm = &m->next;
4043 }
4044 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4045 {
4046 if (! tls_count)
4047 first_tls = s;
4048 tls_count++;
4049 }
4050 }
4051
4052 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4053 if (tls_count > 0)
4054 {
4055 int i;
4056
4057 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4058 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4059 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4060 if (m == NULL)
4061 goto error_return;
4062 m->next = NULL;
4063 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
4064 m->count = tls_count;
4065 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4066 m->p_flags = PF_R;
4067 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4068 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
4069 {
4070 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4071 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4072 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4073 }
4074
4075 *pm = m;
4076 pm = &m->next;
4077 }
4078
4079 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4080 segment. */
4081 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
4082 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4083 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4084 {
4085 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4086 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4087 if (m == NULL)
4088 goto error_return;
4089 m->next = NULL;
4090 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4091 m->count = 1;
4092 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4093
4094 *pm = m;
4095 pm = &m->next;
4096 }
4097
4098 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4099 {
4100 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4101 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4102 if (m == NULL)
4103 goto error_return;
4104 m->next = NULL;
4105 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4106 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
4107 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4108
4109 *pm = m;
4110 pm = &m->next;
4111 }
4112
4113 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4114 {
4115 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4116 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4117 if (m == NULL)
4118 goto error_return;
4119 m->next = NULL;
4120 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4121 m->p_flags = PF_R;
4122 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4123
4124 *pm = m;
4125 pm = &m->next;
4126 }
4127
4128 free (sections);
4129 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
4130 }
4131
4132 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info))
4133 return FALSE;
4134
4135 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4136 ++count;
4137 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4138
4139 return TRUE;
4140
4141 error_return:
4142 if (sections != NULL)
4143 free (sections);
4144 return FALSE;
4145 }
4146
4147 /* Sort sections by address. */
4148
4149 static int
4150 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4151 {
4152 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4153 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4154 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4155
4156 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4157 place the section into a segment. */
4158 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4159 return -1;
4160 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4161 return 1;
4162
4163 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4164 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4165 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4166 return -1;
4167 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4168 return 1;
4169
4170 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4171
4172 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4173
4174 if (TOEND (sec1))
4175 {
4176 if (TOEND (sec2))
4177 {
4178 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4179 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4180 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4181 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4182 }
4183 else
4184 return 1;
4185 }
4186 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4187 return -1;
4188
4189 #undef TOEND
4190
4191 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4192 before others at the same address. */
4193
4194 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4195 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4196
4197 if (size1 < size2)
4198 return -1;
4199 if (size1 > size2)
4200 return 1;
4201
4202 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4203 }
4204
4205 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4206
4207 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4208 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4209 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4210 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4211 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4212 which is wrong.
4213
4214 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4215 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4216 the page size.'' */
4217 /* In other words, something like:
4218
4219 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4220 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4221 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4222 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4223 else
4224 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4225
4226 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4227
4228 static file_ptr
4229 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4230 {
4231 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4232 }
4233
4234 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4235 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4236 the file header. */
4237
4238 static bfd_boolean
4239 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4240 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4241 {
4242 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4243 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4244 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4245 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4246 file_ptr off, voff;
4247 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4248 unsigned int alloc;
4249 unsigned int i;
4250
4251 if (link_info == NULL
4252 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info))
4253 return FALSE;
4254
4255 alloc = 0;
4256 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4257 ++alloc;
4258
4259 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4260 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4261 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4262
4263 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4264 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4265 else
4266 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4267 == alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4268
4269 if (alloc == 0)
4270 {
4271 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4272 return TRUE;
4273 }
4274
4275 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4276 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4277 if (phdrs == NULL)
4278 return FALSE;
4279
4280 maxpagesize = 1;
4281 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4282 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4283
4284 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4285 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4286
4287 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4288 m != NULL;
4289 m = m->next, p++)
4290 {
4291 asection **secpp;
4292
4293 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4294 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4295 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4296 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4297 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4298 if (m->count > 1
4299 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4300 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4301 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4302 elf_sort_sections);
4303
4304 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4305 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4306 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4307 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4308 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4309 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4310 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4311 voff = 0;
4312 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4313 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4314
4315 if (m->count == 0)
4316 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4317 else
4318 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4319
4320 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4321 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4322 else if (m->count == 0)
4323 p->p_paddr = 0;
4324 else
4325 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4326
4327 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4328 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4329 {
4330 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4331 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4332 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4333 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4334 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4335 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4336 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4337 segment. */
4338 if (m->p_align_valid)
4339 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4340
4341 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4342 }
4343 else if (m->count == 0)
4344 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4345 else
4346 p->p_align = 0;
4347
4348 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4349 && m->count > 0)
4350 {
4351 bfd_size_type align;
4352 bfd_vma adjust;
4353 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4354
4355 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4356 {
4357 unsigned int secalign;
4358
4359 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4360 if (secalign > align_power)
4361 align_power = secalign;
4362 }
4363 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4364
4365 if (align < maxpagesize)
4366 align = maxpagesize;
4367
4368 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4369 off += adjust;
4370 if (adjust != 0
4371 && !m->includes_filehdr
4372 && !m->includes_phdrs
4373 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4374 {
4375 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4376 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4377 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4378 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4379 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4380 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4381 i = 0;
4382 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4383 {
4384 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4385 || ++i >= m->count)
4386 {
4387 off -= adjust;
4388 voff = adjust - align;
4389 break;
4390 }
4391 }
4392 }
4393 }
4394 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4395 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4396 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4397 && m->count > 1
4398 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4399 {
4400 _bfd_error_handler
4401 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4402 abfd);
4403 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4404 return FALSE;
4405 }
4406
4407 p->p_offset = 0;
4408 p->p_filesz = 0;
4409 p->p_memsz = 0;
4410
4411 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4412 {
4413 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4414 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4415 p->p_offset = 0;
4416 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4417 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4418 if (m->count > 0)
4419 {
4420 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4421
4422 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4423 {
4424 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4425 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4426 abfd);
4427 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4428 return FALSE;
4429 }
4430
4431 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4432 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4433 p->p_paddr -= off;
4434 }
4435 }
4436
4437 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4438 {
4439 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4440 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4441
4442 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4443 {
4444 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4445
4446 if (m->count > 0)
4447 {
4448 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4449 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4450 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4451 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4452 }
4453 }
4454
4455 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4456 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4457 }
4458
4459 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4460 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4461 {
4462 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4463 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4464 else
4465 {
4466 file_ptr adjust;
4467
4468 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4469 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4470 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4471 }
4472 }
4473
4474 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4475 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4476 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4477 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4478 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4479 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4480 {
4481 asection *sec;
4482 flagword flags;
4483 bfd_size_type align;
4484
4485 sec = *secpp;
4486 flags = sec->flags;
4487 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4488
4489 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4490 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4491 {
4492 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4493
4494 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4495 {
4496 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4497 if (adjust < 0)
4498 {
4499 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4500 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4501 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4502 adjust = 0;
4503 }
4504 off += adjust;
4505 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4506 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4507 }
4508 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4509 normal segments. */
4510 else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4511 && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4512 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))
4513 {
4514 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4515 modulo the page size. */
4516 bfd_size_type page = align;
4517 if (page < maxpagesize)
4518 page = maxpagesize;
4519 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4520 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4521 page);
4522 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4523 }
4524 }
4525
4526 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4527 {
4528 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4529 everything. */
4530 if (i == 0)
4531 {
4532 sec->filepos = off;
4533 off += sec->size;
4534 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4535 p->p_memsz = 0;
4536 p->p_align = 1;
4537 }
4538 else
4539 {
4540 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4541 sec->filepos = 0;
4542 sec->size = 0;
4543 sec->flags = 0;
4544 continue;
4545 }
4546 }
4547 else
4548 {
4549 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4550 {
4551 sec->filepos = off;
4552 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4553 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4554 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4555 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4556 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4557 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4558 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4559 people do this. The data statement results in a
4560 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4561 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4562 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4563 section with contents to the output. Make room
4564 here for the write, so that following segments are
4565 not trashed. */
4566 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4567 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4568 off += sec->size;
4569 }
4570
4571 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4572 {
4573 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4574 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4575 }
4576
4577 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4578 normal segments. */
4579 else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4580 && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4581 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))
4582 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4583
4584 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4585 && sec->size == 0
4586 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4587 {
4588 struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order;
4589 if (o != NULL)
4590 p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size;
4591 }
4592
4593 if (align > p->p_align
4594 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4595 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4596 p->p_align = align;
4597 }
4598
4599 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4600 {
4601 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4602 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4603 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4604 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4605 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4606 }
4607 }
4608 }
4609
4610 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4611 return TRUE;
4612 }
4613
4614 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4615
4616 static bfd_boolean
4617 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4618 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4619 {
4620 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4621 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4622 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4623 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4624 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4625 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4626 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4627 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4628 file_ptr off;
4629 unsigned int num_sec;
4630 unsigned int i;
4631 unsigned int count;
4632
4633 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4634 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4635 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4636 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4637 {
4638 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4639 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4640
4641 hdr = *hdrpp;
4642 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4643 && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
4644 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4645 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4646 {
4647 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4648 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4649 abfd,
4650 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4651 ? "*unknown*"
4652 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4653 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4654 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4655 bed->maxpagesize);
4656 else
4657 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4658 hdr->sh_addralign);
4659 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4660 FALSE);
4661 }
4662 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4663 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4664 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4665 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4666 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4667 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4668 else
4669 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4670
4671 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4672 {
4673 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4674 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4675 }
4676 }
4677
4678 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4679 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4680 count = 0;
4681 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4682 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4683 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4684 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4685 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4686 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4687 m != NULL;
4688 m = m->next, p++)
4689 {
4690 ++count;
4691 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4692 continue;
4693
4694 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4695 {
4696 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4697 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4698 }
4699 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4700 {
4701 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4702 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4703 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4704 {
4705 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4706 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4707 }
4708 }
4709 }
4710
4711 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4712 m != NULL;
4713 m = m->next, p++)
4714 {
4715 if (m->count != 0)
4716 {
4717 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4718 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4719 {
4720 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4721 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4722
4723 hdr = &elf_section_data (m->sections[m->count - 1])->this_hdr;
4724 p->p_filesz = (m->sections[m->count - 1]->filepos
4725 - m->sections[0]->filepos);
4726 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4727 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4728
4729 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4730 }
4731 }
4732 else
4733 {
4734 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4735 {
4736 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4737 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4738 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4739 }
4740 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4741 {
4742 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4743 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4744 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4745 }
4746 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4747 {
4748 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4749
4750 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4751 {
4752 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4753 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4754 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4755 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4756 >= link_info->relro_end))
4757 break;
4758 }
4759
4760 if (lp < phdrs + count
4761 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4762 {
4763 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4764 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4765 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4766 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4767 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4768 p->p_align = 1;
4769 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4770 }
4771 else
4772 {
4773 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4774 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4775 }
4776 }
4777 }
4778 }
4779
4780 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4781
4782 return TRUE;
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4786 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4787 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4788
4789 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4790 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4791 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4792 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4793 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4794 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4795 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4796
4797 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4798
4799 static bfd_boolean
4800 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4801 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4802 {
4803 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4804 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4805 file_ptr off;
4806 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4807
4808 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4809 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4810 {
4811 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4812 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4813 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4814 unsigned int i;
4815
4816 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4817 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4818
4819 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4820 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4821 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4822 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4823 {
4824 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4825
4826 hdr = *hdrpp;
4827 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4828 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4829 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4830 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4831 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4832 {
4833 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4834 }
4835 else
4836 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4837
4838 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4839 {
4840 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4841 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4842 }
4843 }
4844 }
4845 else
4846 {
4847 unsigned int alloc;
4848
4849 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4850 assignment of sections to segments. */
4851 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4852 return FALSE;
4853
4854 /* And for non-load sections. */
4855 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4856 return FALSE;
4857
4858 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4859 {
4860 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4861 return FALSE;
4862 }
4863
4864 /* Write out the program headers. */
4865 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4866 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4867 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4868 return FALSE;
4869
4870 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4871 }
4872
4873 /* Place the section headers. */
4874 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4875 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4876 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4877
4878 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4879
4880 return TRUE;
4881 }
4882
4883 static bfd_boolean
4884 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4885 {
4886 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4887 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4888 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4889 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4890 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4891
4892 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4893 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4894
4895 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4896 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4897 return FALSE;
4898
4899 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4900
4901 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4902 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4903 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4904 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4905
4906 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4907 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4908 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4909 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4910
4911 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4912 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4913 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4914 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4915 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4916 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4917 else
4918 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4919
4920 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4921 {
4922 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4923 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4924 break;
4925
4926 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4927 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4928 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4929 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4930 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4931 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4932 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4933 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4934 default:
4935 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4936 }
4937
4938 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4939 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4940
4941 /* No program header, for now. */
4942 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4943 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4944 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4945
4946 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4947 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4948 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4949
4950 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4951 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4952 /* It all happens later. */
4953 ;
4954 else
4955 {
4956 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4957 i_phdrp = 0;
4958 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4959 }
4960
4961 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4962 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4963 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4964 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4965 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4966 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4967 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4968 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4969 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4970 return FALSE;
4971
4972 return TRUE;
4973 }
4974
4975 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4976 of the loadable file image. */
4977
4978 void
4979 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4980 {
4981 file_ptr off;
4982 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4983 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4984
4985 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4986
4987 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4988 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4989 {
4990 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4991
4992 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4993 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4994 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4995 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4996 }
4997
4998 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4999 }
5000
5001 bfd_boolean
5002 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5003 {
5004 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5005 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
5006 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5007 bfd_boolean failed;
5008 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5009
5010 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5011 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5012 return FALSE;
5013
5014 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5015 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5016
5017 failed = FALSE;
5018 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5019 if (failed)
5020 return FALSE;
5021
5022 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5023
5024 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5025 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5026 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5027 {
5028 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5029 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5030 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5031 {
5032 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5033
5034 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5035 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5036 return FALSE;
5037 }
5038 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
5039 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
5040 }
5041
5042 /* Write out the section header names. */
5043 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5044 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5045 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5046 return FALSE;
5047
5048 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5049 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
5050 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
5051
5052 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
5053 }
5054
5055 bfd_boolean
5056 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5057 {
5058 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5059 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5060 }
5061
5062 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5063
5064 int
5065 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5066 {
5067 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5068 int index;
5069
5070 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5071 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5072 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5073
5074 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5075 index = SHN_ABS;
5076 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5077 index = SHN_COMMON;
5078 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5079 index = SHN_UNDEF;
5080 else
5081 index = -1;
5082
5083 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5084 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5085 {
5086 int retval = index;
5087
5088 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5089 return retval;
5090 }
5091
5092 if (index == -1)
5093 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5094
5095 return index;
5096 }
5097
5098 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5099 on error. */
5100
5101 int
5102 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5103 {
5104 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5105 int idx;
5106 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5107
5108 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5109 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5110 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5111 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5112 input sections rather than the output section. */
5113 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5114 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5115 && asym_ptr->section)
5116 {
5117 asection *sec;
5118 int indx;
5119
5120 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5121 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5122 sec = sec->output_section;
5123 if (sec->owner == abfd
5124 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5125 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5126 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5127 }
5128
5129 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5130
5131 if (idx == 0)
5132 {
5133 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5134 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5135 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5136 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5137 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5139 return -1;
5140 }
5141
5142 #if DEBUG & 4
5143 {
5144 fprintf (stderr,
5145 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5146 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5147 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5148 fflush (stderr);
5149 }
5150 #endif
5151
5152 return idx;
5153 }
5154
5155 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5156
5157 static bfd_boolean
5158 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5159 {
5160 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5161 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5162 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5163 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5164 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5165 asection *section;
5166 unsigned int i;
5167 unsigned int num_segments;
5168 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5169 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5170 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5171 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5172 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5173
5174 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5175 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5176
5177 map_first = NULL;
5178 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5179
5180 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5181 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5182
5183 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5184 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5185 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5186 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5187
5188 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5189 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5190 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5191 ? section->size : 0)
5192
5193 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5194 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5195 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5196 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5197 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5198 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5199
5200 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5201 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5202 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5203 (section->lma >= base \
5204 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5205 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5206
5207 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5208 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5209 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5210 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5211 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5212 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5213 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5214 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5215
5216 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5217 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5218 p_memsz set to 0. */
5219 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5220 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5221 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5222 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5223 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5224 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5225 && s->size > 0 \
5226 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5227 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5228 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5229
5230 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5231 A section will be included if:
5232 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5233 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5234 2. It is an allocated segment,
5235 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5236 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5237 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5238 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5239 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5240 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5241 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5242 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5243 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5244 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5245 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5246 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5247 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5248 && section->output_section != NULL \
5249 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5250 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5251 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5252 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5253 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5254 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5255 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5256 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5257 || (segment->p_paddr \
5258 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5259 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5260 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5261 == 0)) \
5262 && ! section->segment_mark)
5263
5264 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5265 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5266 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5267
5268 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5269 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5270 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5271 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5272 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5273 LMA. */
5274 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5275 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5276 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5277 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5278 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5279
5280 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5281 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5282 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5283
5284 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5285 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5286 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5287 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5288 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5289 i < num_segments;
5290 i++, segment++)
5291 {
5292 unsigned int j;
5293 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5294
5295 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5296 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5297 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5298 {
5299 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5300 assignment code will work. */
5301 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5302 break;
5303 }
5304
5305 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5306 continue;
5307
5308 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5309 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5310 {
5311 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5312
5313 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5314 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5315 continue;
5316
5317 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5318 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5319 {
5320 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5321 SEGMENT. */
5322 extra_length =
5323 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5324 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5325
5326 if (extra_length > 0)
5327 {
5328 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5329 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5330 }
5331
5332 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5333
5334 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5335 i = 0;
5336 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5337 break;
5338 }
5339 else
5340 {
5341 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5342 SEGMENT2. */
5343 extra_length =
5344 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5345 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5346
5347 if (extra_length > 0)
5348 {
5349 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5350 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5351 }
5352
5353 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5354 }
5355 }
5356 }
5357
5358 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5359 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5360 i < num_segments;
5361 i ++, segment ++)
5362 {
5363 unsigned int section_count;
5364 asection ** sections;
5365 asection * output_section;
5366 unsigned int isec;
5367 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5368 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5369 unsigned int j;
5370 bfd_size_type amt;
5371
5372 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5373 continue;
5374
5375 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5376 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5377 section != NULL;
5378 section = section->next)
5379 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5380 ++section_count;
5381
5382 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5383 all of the sections we have selected. */
5384 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5385 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5386 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5387 if (map == NULL)
5388 return FALSE;
5389
5390 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5391 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5392 map->next = NULL;
5393 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5394 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5395 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5396 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5397 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5398
5399 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5400 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5401 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5402 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5403
5404 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5405
5406 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5407 {
5408 map->includes_phdrs =
5409 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5410 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5411 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5412 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5413
5414 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5415 phdr_included = TRUE;
5416 }
5417
5418 if (section_count == 0)
5419 {
5420 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5421 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5422 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5423 a warning is produced. */
5424 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5425 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5426 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5427 ibfd);
5428
5429 map->count = 0;
5430 *pointer_to_map = map;
5431 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5432
5433 continue;
5434 }
5435
5436 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5437 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5438 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5439 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5440
5441 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5442 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5443 input BFD.
5444
5445 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5446 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5447 of the first section.
5448
5449 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5450 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5451 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5452 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5453 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5454
5455 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5456 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5457 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5458 or segments to contain the other sections.
5459
5460 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5461 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5462 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5463
5464 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5465 to work around this long long bug. */
5466 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5467 if (sections == NULL)
5468 return FALSE;
5469
5470 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5471 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5472 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5473 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5474 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5475 more to do. */
5476 isec = 0;
5477 matching_lma = 0;
5478 suggested_lma = 0;
5479
5480 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5481 section != NULL;
5482 section = section->next)
5483 {
5484 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5485 {
5486 output_section = section->output_section;
5487
5488 sections[j ++] = section;
5489
5490 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5491 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5492 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5493 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5494 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5495 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5496 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5497 && isec == 0
5498 && output_section->lma != 0
5499 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5500 + (map->includes_filehdr
5501 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5502 : 0)
5503 + (map->includes_phdrs
5504 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5505 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5506 : 0))))
5507 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5508
5509 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5510 LMA address of the output section. */
5511 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5512 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5513 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5514 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5515 )
5516 {
5517 if (matching_lma == 0)
5518 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5519
5520 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5521 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5522 segment. */
5523 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5524 }
5525 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5526 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5527 }
5528 }
5529
5530 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5531
5532 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5533 if necessary. */
5534 if (isec == section_count)
5535 {
5536 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5537 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5538 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5539 program header in the input BFD. */
5540 map->count = section_count;
5541 *pointer_to_map = map;
5542 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5543
5544 free (sections);
5545 continue;
5546 }
5547 else
5548 {
5549 if (matching_lma != 0)
5550 {
5551 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5552 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5553 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5554 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5555 }
5556 else
5557 {
5558 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5559 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5560 the LMA of the first section. */
5561 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5562 }
5563
5564 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5565 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5566 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5567 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5568
5569 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5570 {
5571 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5572
5573 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5574 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5575 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5576 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5577 offset when we know the correct value. */
5578 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5579 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5580 }
5581 }
5582
5583 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5584 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5585 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5586 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5587 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5588 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5589 the loop. */
5590 isec = 0;
5591 do
5592 {
5593 map->count = 0;
5594 suggested_lma = 0;
5595
5596 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5597 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5598 {
5599 section = sections[j];
5600
5601 if (section == NULL)
5602 continue;
5603
5604 output_section = section->output_section;
5605
5606 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5607
5608 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5609 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5610 {
5611 if (map->count == 0)
5612 {
5613 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5614 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5615 wrong. */
5616 if (output_section->lma !=
5617 (map->p_paddr
5618 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5619 + (map->includes_phdrs
5620 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5621 : 0)))
5622 abort ();
5623 }
5624 else
5625 {
5626 asection * prev_sec;
5627
5628 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5629
5630 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5631 and the start of this section is more than
5632 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5633 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5634 maxpagesize)
5635 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5636 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5637 > output_section->lma))
5638 {
5639 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5640 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5641
5642 continue;
5643 }
5644 }
5645
5646 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5647 ++isec;
5648 sections[j] = NULL;
5649 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5650 }
5651 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5652 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5653 }
5654
5655 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5656
5657 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5658 *pointer_to_map = map;
5659 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5660
5661 if (isec < section_count)
5662 {
5663 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5664 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5665 and carry on looping. */
5666 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5667 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5668 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5669 if (map == NULL)
5670 {
5671 free (sections);
5672 return FALSE;
5673 }
5674
5675 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5676 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5677 not yet been assigned. */
5678 map->next = NULL;
5679 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5680 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5681 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5682 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5683 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5684 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5685 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5686 }
5687 }
5688 while (isec < section_count);
5689
5690 free (sections);
5691 }
5692
5693 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5694 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5695 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5696 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5697 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5698 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5699 break;
5700 if (map == NULL)
5701 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5702 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5703
5704 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5705
5706 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5707 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5708 the offset if necessary. */
5709 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5710 {
5711 unsigned int count;
5712
5713 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5714 count++;
5715
5716 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5717 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5718 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5719 }
5720
5721 #undef SEGMENT_END
5722 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5723 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5724 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5725 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5726 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5727 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5728 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5729 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5730 return TRUE;
5731 }
5732
5733 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5734
5735 static bfd_boolean
5736 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5737 {
5738 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5739 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5740 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5741 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5742 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5743 unsigned int i;
5744 unsigned int num_segments;
5745 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5746
5747 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5748
5749 map_first = NULL;
5750 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5751
5752 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5753 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5754 i < num_segments;
5755 i++, segment++)
5756 {
5757 asection *section;
5758 unsigned int section_count;
5759 bfd_size_type amt;
5760 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5761
5762 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5763 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5764 continue;
5765
5766 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5767 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5768 section != NULL;
5769 section = section->next)
5770 {
5771 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5772 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5773 section_count++;
5774 }
5775
5776 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5777 all of the sections we have selected. */
5778 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5779 if (section_count != 0)
5780 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5781 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5782 if (map == NULL)
5783 return FALSE;
5784
5785 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5786 input segment. */
5787 map->next = NULL;
5788 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5789 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5790 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5791 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5792 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5793 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5794 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5795
5796 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5797 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5798 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5799 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5800
5801 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5802 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5803 {
5804 map->includes_phdrs =
5805 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5806 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5807 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5808 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5809
5810 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5811 phdr_included = TRUE;
5812 }
5813
5814 if (section_count != 0)
5815 {
5816 unsigned int isec = 0;
5817
5818 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5819 section != NULL;
5820 section = section->next)
5821 {
5822 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5823 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5824 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5825 }
5826 }
5827
5828 map->count = section_count;
5829 *pointer_to_map = map;
5830 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5831 }
5832
5833 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5834 return TRUE;
5835 }
5836
5837 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5838 information. */
5839
5840 static bfd_boolean
5841 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5842 {
5843 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5844 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5845 return TRUE;
5846
5847 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5848 return TRUE;
5849
5850 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5851 {
5852 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5853 header are changed. */
5854 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5855 asection *section, *osec;
5856 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5857 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5858
5859 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5860 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5861 section = section->next)
5862 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5863
5864 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5865 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5866 i < num_segments;
5867 i++, segment++)
5868 {
5869 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5870 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5871 {
5872 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5873 from the input BFD. */
5874 osec = section->output_section;
5875 if (osec)
5876 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5877
5878 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5879 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5880 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5881 {
5882 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5883 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5884 if (osec == NULL
5885 || section->flags != osec->flags
5886 || section->lma != osec->lma
5887 || section->vma != osec->vma
5888 || section->size != osec->size
5889 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5890 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5891 goto rewrite;
5892 }
5893 }
5894 }
5895
5896 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5897 input BFD. */
5898 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5899 section = section->next)
5900 {
5901 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5902 goto rewrite;
5903 else
5904 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5905 }
5906
5907 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5908 }
5909
5910 rewrite:
5911 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5912 }
5913
5914 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5915
5916 bfd_boolean
5917 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5918 asection *isec,
5919 bfd *obfd,
5920 asection *osec,
5921 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5922
5923 {
5924 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5925 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5926
5927 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5928 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5929 return TRUE;
5930
5931 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5932 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5933 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5934 section flags. */
5935 if (osec->flags == isec->flags
5936 || (osec->flags == 0 && elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL))
5937 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5938
5939 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5940 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5941 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5942 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5943 if (need_group)
5944 {
5945 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5946 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5947 {
5948 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5949 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5950 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5951 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5952 }
5953 }
5954
5955 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5956
5957 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5958 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5959 may be NULL at this point. */
5960 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5961 {
5962 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5963 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5964 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5965 }
5966
5967 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5968
5969 return TRUE;
5970 }
5971
5972 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5973 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5974
5975 bfd_boolean
5976 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5977 asection *isec,
5978 bfd *obfd,
5979 asection *osec)
5980 {
5981 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5982
5983 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5984 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5985 return TRUE;
5986
5987 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5988 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5989
5990 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5991
5992 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5993 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5994 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5995 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5996 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5997
5998 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5999 NULL);
6000 }
6001
6002 /* Copy private header information. */
6003
6004 bfd_boolean
6005 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6006 {
6007 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6008 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6009 return TRUE;
6010
6011 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6012 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6013 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6014 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6015 already been worked out. */
6016 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6017 {
6018 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6019 return FALSE;
6020 }
6021
6022 return TRUE;
6023 }
6024
6025 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6026 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6027 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6028 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6029 swap_out_syms function. */
6030
6031 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6032 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6033 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6034 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6035 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6036
6037 bfd_boolean
6038 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6039 asymbol *isymarg,
6040 bfd *obfd,
6041 asymbol *osymarg)
6042 {
6043 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6044
6045 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6046 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6047 return TRUE;
6048
6049 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6050 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6051
6052 if (isym != NULL
6053 && osym != NULL
6054 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6055 {
6056 unsigned int shndx;
6057
6058 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6059 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6060 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6061 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6062 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6063 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6064 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6065 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6066 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6067 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6068 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6069 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6070 }
6071
6072 return TRUE;
6073 }
6074
6075 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6076
6077 static bfd_boolean
6078 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6079 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6080 int relocatable_p)
6081 {
6082 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6083 int symcount;
6084 asymbol **syms;
6085 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6086 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6087 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6088 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6089 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6090 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6091 int idx;
6092 bfd_size_type amt;
6093 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6094
6095 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6096 return FALSE;
6097
6098 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6099 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6100 if (stt == NULL)
6101 return FALSE;
6102
6103 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6104 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6105 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6106 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6107 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6108 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6109 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6110 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6111
6112 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6113 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6114
6115 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6116 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6117 {
6118 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6119 return FALSE;
6120 }
6121 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6122
6123 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6124 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6125 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6126 {
6127 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6128 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6129 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6130 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6131 {
6132 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6133 return FALSE;
6134 }
6135
6136 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6137 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6138 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6139 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6140 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6141 }
6142
6143 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6144 {
6145 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6146 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6147 sym.st_name = 0;
6148 sym.st_value = 0;
6149 sym.st_size = 0;
6150 sym.st_info = 0;
6151 sym.st_other = 0;
6152 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6153 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6154 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6155 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6156 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6157 }
6158
6159 name_local_sections
6160 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6161 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6162
6163 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6164 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6165 {
6166 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6167 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6168 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6169 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6170 int type;
6171
6172 if (!name_local_sections
6173 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6174 {
6175 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6176 sym.st_name = 0;
6177 }
6178 else
6179 {
6180 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6181 syms[idx]->name,
6182 TRUE, FALSE);
6183 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6184 {
6185 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6186 return FALSE;
6187 }
6188 }
6189
6190 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6191
6192 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6193 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6194 {
6195 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6196 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6197 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6198 sym.st_size = value;
6199 if (type_ptr == NULL
6200 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6201 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6202 else
6203 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6204 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6205 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6206 }
6207 else
6208 {
6209 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6210 int shndx;
6211
6212 if (sec->output_section)
6213 {
6214 value += sec->output_offset;
6215 sec = sec->output_section;
6216 }
6217
6218 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6219 if (! relocatable_p)
6220 value += sec->vma;
6221 sym.st_value = value;
6222 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6223
6224 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6225 && type_ptr != NULL
6226 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6227 {
6228 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6229 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6230 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6231 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6232 switch (shndx)
6233 {
6234 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6235 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6236 break;
6237 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6238 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6239 break;
6240 case MAP_STRTAB:
6241 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6242 break;
6243 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6244 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6245 break;
6246 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6247 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6248 break;
6249 default:
6250 break;
6251 }
6252 }
6253 else
6254 {
6255 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6256
6257 if (shndx == -1)
6258 {
6259 asection *sec2;
6260
6261 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6262 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6263 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6264 demand of applications. For example, it
6265 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6266 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6267 actually in the output file. */
6268 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6269 if (sec2 == NULL)
6270 {
6271 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6272 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6273 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6274 sec->name);
6275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6276 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6277 return FALSE;
6278 }
6279
6280 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6281 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6282 }
6283 }
6284
6285 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6286 }
6287
6288 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6289 type = STT_TLS;
6290 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6291 type = STT_FUNC;
6292 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6293 type = STT_OBJECT;
6294 else
6295 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6296
6297 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6298 type = STT_TLS;
6299
6300 /* Processor-specific types. */
6301 if (type_ptr != NULL
6302 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6303 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6304 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6305
6306 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6307 {
6308 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6309 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6310 else
6311 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6312 }
6313 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6314 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6315 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6316 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6317 ? STB_WEAK
6318 : STB_GLOBAL),
6319 type);
6320 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6321 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6322 else
6323 {
6324 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6325
6326 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6327 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6328 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6329 bind = STB_WEAK;
6330 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6331 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6332
6333 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6334 }
6335
6336 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6337 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6338 else
6339 sym.st_other = 0;
6340
6341 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6342 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6343 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6344 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6345 }
6346
6347 *sttp = stt;
6348 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6349 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6350
6351 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6352 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6353 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6354 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6355 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6356 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6357
6358 return TRUE;
6359 }
6360
6361 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6362
6363 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6364 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6365 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6366
6367 long
6368 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6369 {
6370 long symcount;
6371 long symtab_size;
6372 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6373
6374 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6375 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6376 if (symcount > 0)
6377 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6378
6379 return symtab_size;
6380 }
6381
6382 long
6383 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6384 {
6385 long symcount;
6386 long symtab_size;
6387 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6388
6389 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6390 {
6391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6392 return -1;
6393 }
6394
6395 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6396 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6397 if (symcount > 0)
6398 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6399
6400 return symtab_size;
6401 }
6402
6403 long
6404 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6405 sec_ptr asect)
6406 {
6407 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6408 }
6409
6410 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6411
6412 long
6413 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6414 sec_ptr section,
6415 arelent **relptr,
6416 asymbol **symbols)
6417 {
6418 arelent *tblptr;
6419 unsigned int i;
6420 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6421
6422 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6423 return -1;
6424
6425 tblptr = section->relocation;
6426 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6427 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6428
6429 *relptr = NULL;
6430
6431 return section->reloc_count;
6432 }
6433
6434 long
6435 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6436 {
6437 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6438 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6439
6440 if (symcount >= 0)
6441 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6442 return symcount;
6443 }
6444
6445 long
6446 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6447 asymbol **allocation)
6448 {
6449 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6450 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6451
6452 if (symcount >= 0)
6453 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6454 return symcount;
6455 }
6456
6457 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6458 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6459 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6460 dynamic reloc section. */
6461
6462 long
6463 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6464 {
6465 long ret;
6466 asection *s;
6467
6468 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6469 {
6470 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6471 return -1;
6472 }
6473
6474 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6475 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6476 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6477 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6478 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6479 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6480 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6481 * sizeof (arelent *));
6482
6483 return ret;
6484 }
6485
6486 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6487 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6488 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6489 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6490 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6491 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6492 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6493
6494 long
6495 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6496 arelent **storage,
6497 asymbol **syms)
6498 {
6499 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6500 asection *s;
6501 long ret;
6502
6503 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6504 {
6505 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6506 return -1;
6507 }
6508
6509 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6510 ret = 0;
6511 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6512 {
6513 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6514 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6515 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6516 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6517 {
6518 arelent *p;
6519 long count, i;
6520
6521 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6522 return -1;
6523 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6524 p = s->relocation;
6525 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6526 *storage++ = p++;
6527 ret += count;
6528 }
6529 }
6530
6531 *storage = NULL;
6532
6533 return ret;
6534 }
6535 \f
6536 /* Read in the version information. */
6537
6538 bfd_boolean
6539 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6540 {
6541 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6542 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6543
6544 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6545 {
6546 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6547 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6548 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6549 unsigned int i;
6550 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6551
6552 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6553
6554 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6555 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6556 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6557 goto error_return;
6558
6559 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6560
6561 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6562 if (contents == NULL)
6563 {
6564 error_return_verref:
6565 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6566 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6567 goto error_return;
6568 }
6569 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6570 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6571 goto error_return_verref;
6572
6573 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6574 goto error_return_verref;
6575
6576 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6577 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6578 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6579 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6580 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6581 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6582 {
6583 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6584 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6585 unsigned int j;
6586
6587 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6588
6589 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6590
6591 iverneed->vn_filename =
6592 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6593 iverneed->vn_file);
6594 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6595 goto error_return_verref;
6596
6597 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6598 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6599 else
6600 {
6601 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6602 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6603 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6604 goto error_return_verref;
6605 }
6606
6607 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6608 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6609 goto error_return_verref;
6610
6611 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6612 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6613 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6614 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6615 {
6616 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6617
6618 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6619 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6620 ivernaux->vna_name);
6621 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6622 goto error_return_verref;
6623
6624 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6625 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6626 else
6627 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6628
6629 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6630 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6631 goto error_return_verref;
6632
6633 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6634 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6635
6636 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6637 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6638 }
6639
6640 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6641 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6642 else
6643 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6644
6645 if (iverneed->vn_next
6646 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6647 goto error_return_verref;
6648
6649 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6650 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6651 }
6652
6653 free (contents);
6654 contents = NULL;
6655 }
6656
6657 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6658 {
6659 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6660 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6661 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6662 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6663 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6664 unsigned int i;
6665 unsigned int maxidx;
6666 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6667
6668 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6669
6670 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6671 if (contents == NULL)
6672 goto error_return;
6673 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6674 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6675 goto error_return;
6676
6677 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6678 goto error_return;
6679
6680 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6681 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6682 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6683 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6684 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6685 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6686
6687 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6688 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6689 the maximum. */
6690 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6691 maxidx = 0;
6692 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6693 {
6694 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6695
6696 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6697 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6698
6699 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6700 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6701 goto error_return;
6702
6703 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6704 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6705 }
6706
6707 if (default_imported_symver)
6708 {
6709 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6710 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6711 else
6712 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6713 }
6714 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6715 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6716 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6717 goto error_return;
6718
6719 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6720
6721 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6722 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6723 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6724 {
6725 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6726 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6727 unsigned int j;
6728
6729 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6730
6731 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6732 {
6733 error_return_verdef:
6734 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6735 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6736 goto error_return;
6737 }
6738
6739 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6740 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6741
6742 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6743
6744 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6745 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6746 else
6747 {
6748 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6749 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6750 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6751 goto error_return_verdef;
6752 }
6753
6754 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6755 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6756 goto error_return_verdef;
6757
6758 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6759 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6760 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6761 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6762 {
6763 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6764
6765 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6766 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6767 iverdaux->vda_name);
6768 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6769 goto error_return_verdef;
6770
6771 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6772 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6773 else
6774 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6775
6776 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6777 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6778 goto error_return_verdef;
6779
6780 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6781 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6782 }
6783
6784 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6785 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6786
6787 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6788 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6789 else
6790 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6791
6792 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6793 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6794 }
6795
6796 free (contents);
6797 contents = NULL;
6798 }
6799 else if (default_imported_symver)
6800 {
6801 if (freeidx < 3)
6802 freeidx = 3;
6803 else
6804 freeidx++;
6805
6806 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6807 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6808 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6809 goto error_return;
6810
6811 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6812 }
6813
6814 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6815 if (default_imported_symver)
6816 {
6817 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6818 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6819
6820 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6821
6822 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6823 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6824 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6825 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6826
6827 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6828
6829 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6830 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6831 goto error_return_verdef;
6832 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6833 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6834 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6835 goto error_return_verdef;
6836
6837 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6838 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6839 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6840 }
6841
6842 return TRUE;
6843
6844 error_return:
6845 if (contents != NULL)
6846 free (contents);
6847 return FALSE;
6848 }
6849 \f
6850 asymbol *
6851 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6852 {
6853 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6854 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6855
6856 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6857 if (!newsym)
6858 return NULL;
6859 else
6860 {
6861 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6862 return &newsym->symbol;
6863 }
6864 }
6865
6866 void
6867 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6868 asymbol *symbol,
6869 symbol_info *ret)
6870 {
6871 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6872 }
6873
6874 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6875 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6876 override it. */
6877
6878 bfd_boolean
6879 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6880 const char *name)
6881 {
6882 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6883 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6884 return TRUE;
6885
6886 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6887 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6888 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6889 return TRUE;
6890
6891 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6892 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6893 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6894 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6895 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6896 we treat such symbols as local. */
6897 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6898 return TRUE;
6899
6900 return FALSE;
6901 }
6902
6903 alent *
6904 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6905 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6906 {
6907 abort ();
6908 return NULL;
6909 }
6910
6911 bfd_boolean
6912 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6913 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6914 unsigned long machine)
6915 {
6916 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6917 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6918 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6919 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6920 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6921 return FALSE;
6922
6923 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6924 }
6925
6926 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6927 for error reporting. */
6928
6929 static bfd_boolean
6930 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6931 asection *section,
6932 asymbol **symbols,
6933 bfd_vma offset,
6934 const char **filename_ptr,
6935 const char **functionname_ptr)
6936 {
6937 const char *filename;
6938 asymbol *func, *file;
6939 bfd_vma low_func;
6940 asymbol **p;
6941 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6942 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6943 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6944 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6945 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6946 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6947 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6948 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6949 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6950
6951 filename = NULL;
6952 func = NULL;
6953 file = NULL;
6954 low_func = 0;
6955 state = nothing_seen;
6956
6957 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6958 {
6959 elf_symbol_type *q;
6960
6961 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6962
6963 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6964 {
6965 default:
6966 break;
6967 case STT_FILE:
6968 file = &q->symbol;
6969 if (state == symbol_seen)
6970 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6971 continue;
6972 case STT_NOTYPE:
6973 case STT_FUNC:
6974 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6975 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6976 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6977 {
6978 func = (asymbol *) q;
6979 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6980 filename = NULL;
6981 if (file != NULL
6982 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
6983 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
6984 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6985 }
6986 break;
6987 }
6988 if (state == nothing_seen)
6989 state = symbol_seen;
6990 }
6991
6992 if (func == NULL)
6993 return FALSE;
6994
6995 if (filename_ptr)
6996 *filename_ptr = filename;
6997 if (functionname_ptr)
6998 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6999
7000 return TRUE;
7001 }
7002
7003 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7004 for error reporting. */
7005
7006 bfd_boolean
7007 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7008 asection *section,
7009 asymbol **symbols,
7010 bfd_vma offset,
7011 const char **filename_ptr,
7012 const char **functionname_ptr,
7013 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7014 {
7015 bfd_boolean found;
7016
7017 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7018 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7019 line_ptr))
7020 {
7021 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7022 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7023 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7024 functionname_ptr);
7025
7026 return TRUE;
7027 }
7028
7029 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7030 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7031 line_ptr, 0,
7032 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7033 {
7034 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7035 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7036 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7037 functionname_ptr);
7038
7039 return TRUE;
7040 }
7041
7042 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7043 &found, filename_ptr,
7044 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7045 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7046 return FALSE;
7047 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7048 return TRUE;
7049
7050 if (symbols == NULL)
7051 return FALSE;
7052
7053 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7054 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7055 return FALSE;
7056
7057 *line_ptr = 0;
7058 return TRUE;
7059 }
7060
7061 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7062
7063 bfd_boolean
7064 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7065 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7066 {
7067 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7068 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7069 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7070 }
7071
7072 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7073 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7074 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7075 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7076 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7077
7078 bfd_boolean
7079 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7080 const char **filename_ptr,
7081 const char **functionname_ptr,
7082 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7083 {
7084 bfd_boolean found;
7085 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7086 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7087 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7088 return found;
7089 }
7090
7091 int
7092 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7093 {
7094 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7095 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7096
7097 if (!info->relocatable)
7098 {
7099 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7100
7101 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7102 {
7103 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7104
7105 phdr_size = 0;
7106 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7107 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7108
7109 if (phdr_size == 0)
7110 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7111 }
7112
7113 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7114 ret += phdr_size;
7115 }
7116
7117 return ret;
7118 }
7119
7120 bfd_boolean
7121 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7122 sec_ptr section,
7123 const void *location,
7124 file_ptr offset,
7125 bfd_size_type count)
7126 {
7127 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7128 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7129
7130 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7131 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7132 return FALSE;
7133
7134 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7135 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7136 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7137 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7138 return FALSE;
7139
7140 return TRUE;
7141 }
7142
7143 void
7144 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7145 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7146 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7147 {
7148 abort ();
7149 }
7150
7151 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7152
7153 bfd_boolean
7154 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7155 {
7156 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7157
7158 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7159 {
7160 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7161 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7162
7163 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7164 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7165
7166 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7167 {
7168 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7169 {
7170 case 8:
7171 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7172 break;
7173 case 12:
7174 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7175 break;
7176 case 16:
7177 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7178 break;
7179 case 24:
7180 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7181 break;
7182 case 32:
7183 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7184 break;
7185 case 64:
7186 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7187 break;
7188 default:
7189 goto fail;
7190 }
7191
7192 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7193
7194 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7195 {
7196 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7197 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7198 else
7199 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7200 }
7201 }
7202 else
7203 {
7204 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7205 {
7206 case 8:
7207 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7208 break;
7209 case 14:
7210 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7211 break;
7212 case 16:
7213 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7214 break;
7215 case 26:
7216 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7217 break;
7218 case 32:
7219 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7220 break;
7221 case 64:
7222 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7223 break;
7224 default:
7225 goto fail;
7226 }
7227
7228 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7229 }
7230
7231 if (howto)
7232 areloc->howto = howto;
7233 else
7234 goto fail;
7235 }
7236
7237 return TRUE;
7238
7239 fail:
7240 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7241 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7242 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7244 return FALSE;
7245 }
7246
7247 bfd_boolean
7248 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7249 {
7250 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7251 {
7252 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7253 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7254 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7255 }
7256
7257 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7258 }
7259
7260 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7261 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7262 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7263 this reloc. */
7264
7265 bfd_reloc_status_type
7266 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7267 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7268 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7269 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7270 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7271 {
7272 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7273 }
7274 \f
7275 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7276 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7277 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7278 out details about the corefile. */
7279
7280 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7281 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7282 #endif
7283
7284 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7285
7286 static int
7287 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7288 {
7289 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7290 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7291 }
7292
7293 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7294 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7295 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7296 overwrite it. */
7297
7298 static bfd_boolean
7299 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7300 {
7301 asection *sect2;
7302
7303 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7304 return TRUE;
7305
7306 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7307 if (sect2 == NULL)
7308 return FALSE;
7309
7310 sect2->size = sect->size;
7311 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7312 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7313 return TRUE;
7314 }
7315
7316 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7317 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7318 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7319 such a section already exists.
7320 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7321 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7322 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7323 bfd_boolean
7324 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7325 char *name,
7326 size_t size,
7327 ufile_ptr filepos)
7328 {
7329 char buf[100];
7330 char *threaded_name;
7331 size_t len;
7332 asection *sect;
7333
7334 /* Build the section name. */
7335
7336 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7337 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7338 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7339 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7340 return FALSE;
7341 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7342
7343 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7344 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7345 if (sect == NULL)
7346 return FALSE;
7347 sect->size = size;
7348 sect->filepos = filepos;
7349 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7350
7351 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7352 }
7353
7354 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7355 solaris 2.5+
7356 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7357 unixware 4.2
7358 */
7359
7360 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7361
7362 static bfd_boolean
7363 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7364 {
7365 size_t size;
7366 int offset;
7367
7368 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7369 {
7370 prstatus_t prstat;
7371
7372 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7373 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7374 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7375
7376 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7377 has already been set by another thread. */
7378 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7379 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7380 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7381
7382 /* pr_who exists on:
7383 solaris 2.5+
7384 unixware 4.2
7385 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7386 linux 2.[01]
7387 */
7388 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7389 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7390 #endif
7391 }
7392 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7393 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7394 {
7395 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7396 prstatus32_t prstat;
7397
7398 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7399 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7400 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7401
7402 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7403 has already been set by another thread. */
7404 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7405 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7406 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7407
7408 /* pr_who exists on:
7409 solaris 2.5+
7410 unixware 4.2
7411 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7412 linux 2.[01]
7413 */
7414 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7415 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7416 #endif
7417 }
7418 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7419 else
7420 {
7421 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7422 note size (ie. data object type). */
7423 return TRUE;
7424 }
7425
7426 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7427 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7428 size, note->descpos + offset);
7429 }
7430 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7431
7432 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7433 static bfd_boolean
7434 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7435 char *name,
7436 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7437 {
7438 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7439 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7440 }
7441
7442 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7443 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7444 data structure apart. */
7445
7446 static bfd_boolean
7447 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7448 {
7449 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7450 }
7451
7452 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7453 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7454 literally. */
7455
7456 static bfd_boolean
7457 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7458 {
7459 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7460 }
7461
7462 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7463 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7464 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7465 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7466 #endif
7467 #endif
7468
7469 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7470 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7471 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7472 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7473 #endif
7474 #endif
7475
7476 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7477 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7478 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7479
7480 char *
7481 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7482 {
7483 char *dups;
7484 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7485 size_t len;
7486
7487 if (end == NULL)
7488 len = max;
7489 else
7490 len = end - start;
7491
7492 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7493 if (dups == NULL)
7494 return NULL;
7495
7496 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7497 dups[len] = '\0';
7498
7499 return dups;
7500 }
7501
7502 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7503 static bfd_boolean
7504 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7505 {
7506 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7507 {
7508 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7509
7510 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7511
7512 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7513 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7514 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7515
7516 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7517 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7518 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7519 }
7520 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7521 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7522 {
7523 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7524 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7525
7526 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7527
7528 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7529 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7530 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7531
7532 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7533 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7534 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7535 }
7536 #endif
7537
7538 else
7539 {
7540 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7541 note size (ie. data object type). */
7542 return TRUE;
7543 }
7544
7545 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7546 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7547 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7548
7549 {
7550 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7551 int n = strlen (command);
7552
7553 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7554 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7555 }
7556
7557 return TRUE;
7558 }
7559 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7560
7561 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7562 static bfd_boolean
7563 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7564 {
7565 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7566 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7567 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7568 #endif
7569 )
7570 {
7571 pstatus_t pstat;
7572
7573 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7574
7575 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7576 }
7577 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7578 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7579 {
7580 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7581 pstatus32_t pstat;
7582
7583 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7584
7585 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7586 }
7587 #endif
7588 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7589 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7590 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7591
7592 return TRUE;
7593 }
7594 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7595
7596 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7597 static bfd_boolean
7598 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7599 {
7600 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7601 char buf[100];
7602 char *name;
7603 size_t len;
7604 asection *sect;
7605
7606 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7607 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7608 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7609 #endif
7610 )
7611 return TRUE;
7612
7613 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7614
7615 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7616 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7617
7618 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7619
7620 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7621 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7622 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7623 if (name == NULL)
7624 return FALSE;
7625 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7626
7627 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7628 if (sect == NULL)
7629 return FALSE;
7630
7631 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7632 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7633 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7634 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7635 #endif
7636
7637 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7638 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7639 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7640 #endif
7641
7642 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7643
7644 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7645 return FALSE;
7646
7647 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7648
7649 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7650 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7651 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7652 if (name == NULL)
7653 return FALSE;
7654 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7655
7656 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7657 if (sect == NULL)
7658 return FALSE;
7659
7660 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7661 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7662 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7663 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7664 #endif
7665
7666 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7667 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7668 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7669 #endif
7670
7671 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7672
7673 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7674 }
7675 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7676
7677 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7678 static bfd_boolean
7679 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7680 {
7681 char buf[30];
7682 char *name;
7683 size_t len;
7684 asection *sect;
7685 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7686
7687 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7688 return TRUE;
7689
7690 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7691
7692 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7693 {
7694 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7695 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7696 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7697 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7698 break;
7699
7700 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7701 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7702 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7703
7704 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7705 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7706 if (name == NULL)
7707 return FALSE;
7708
7709 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7710
7711 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7712 if (sect == NULL)
7713 return FALSE;
7714
7715 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7716 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7717 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7718 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7719 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7720
7721 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7722 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7723 return FALSE;
7724 break;
7725
7726 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7727 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7728 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7729 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7730
7731 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7732 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7733 if (name == NULL)
7734 return FALSE;
7735
7736 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7737
7738 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7739
7740 if (sect == NULL)
7741 return FALSE;
7742
7743 sect->size = note->descsz;
7744 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7745 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7746 break;
7747
7748 default:
7749 return TRUE;
7750 }
7751
7752 return TRUE;
7753 }
7754 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7755
7756 static bfd_boolean
7757 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7758 {
7759 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7760
7761 switch (note->type)
7762 {
7763 default:
7764 return TRUE;
7765
7766 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7767 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7768 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7769 return TRUE;
7770 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7771 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7772 #else
7773 return TRUE;
7774 #endif
7775
7776 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7777 case NT_PSTATUS:
7778 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7779 #endif
7780
7781 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7782 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7783 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7784 #endif
7785
7786 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7787 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7788
7789 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7790 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7791 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7792 #endif
7793
7794 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7795 if (note->namesz == 6
7796 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7797 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7798 else
7799 return TRUE;
7800
7801 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7802 case NT_PSINFO:
7803 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7804 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7805 return TRUE;
7806 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7807 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7808 #else
7809 return TRUE;
7810 #endif
7811
7812 case NT_AUXV:
7813 {
7814 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7815 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7816
7817 if (sect == NULL)
7818 return FALSE;
7819 sect->size = note->descsz;
7820 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7821 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7822
7823 return TRUE;
7824 }
7825 }
7826 }
7827
7828 static bfd_boolean
7829 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7830 {
7831 char *cp;
7832
7833 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7834 if (cp != NULL)
7835 {
7836 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7837 return TRUE;
7838 }
7839 return FALSE;
7840 }
7841
7842 static bfd_boolean
7843 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7844 {
7845
7846 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7847 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7848 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7849
7850 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7851 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7852 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7853
7854 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7855 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7856 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7857
7858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7859 note);
7860 }
7861
7862 static bfd_boolean
7863 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7864 {
7865 int lwp;
7866
7867 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7868 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7869
7870 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7871 {
7872 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7873 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7874 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7875 creates a core file. */
7876
7877 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7878 }
7879
7880 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7881 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7882 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7883 understand it. */
7884
7885 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7886 return TRUE;
7887
7888
7889 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7890 {
7891 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7892 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7893
7894 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7895 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7896 switch (note->type)
7897 {
7898 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7899 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7900
7901 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7902 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7903
7904 default:
7905 return TRUE;
7906 }
7907
7908 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7909 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7910
7911 default:
7912 switch (note->type)
7913 {
7914 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7915 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7916
7917 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7919
7920 default:
7921 return TRUE;
7922 }
7923 }
7924 /* NOTREACHED */
7925 }
7926
7927 static bfd_boolean
7928 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
7929 {
7930 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7931 char buf[100];
7932 char *name;
7933 asection *sect;
7934 short sig;
7935 unsigned flags;
7936
7937 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7938 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7939
7940 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7941 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7942
7943 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7944 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7945
7946 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7947 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7948 {
7949 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7950 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7951 }
7952
7953 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7954 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7955 thread just in case. */
7956 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7957 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7958
7959 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7960 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
7961
7962 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7963 if (name == NULL)
7964 return FALSE;
7965 strcpy (name, buf);
7966
7967 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7968 if (sect == NULL)
7969 return FALSE;
7970
7971 sect->size = note->descsz;
7972 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7973 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7974
7975 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7976 }
7977
7978 static bfd_boolean
7979 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7980 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7981 long tid,
7982 char *base)
7983 {
7984 char buf[100];
7985 char *name;
7986 asection *sect;
7987
7988 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7989 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
7990
7991 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7992 if (name == NULL)
7993 return FALSE;
7994 strcpy (name, buf);
7995
7996 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7997 if (sect == NULL)
7998 return FALSE;
7999
8000 sect->size = note->descsz;
8001 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8002 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8003
8004 /* This is the current thread. */
8005 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8006 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8007
8008 return TRUE;
8009 }
8010
8011 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8012 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8013 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8014 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8015
8016 static bfd_boolean
8017 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8018 {
8019 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8020 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8021 function. */
8022 static long tid = 1;
8023
8024 switch (note->type)
8025 {
8026 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8027 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8028 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8029 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8030 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8031 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8032 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8033 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8034 default:
8035 return TRUE;
8036 }
8037 }
8038
8039 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8040
8041 Inputs:
8042 buffer to hold note
8043 name of note
8044 type of note
8045 data for note
8046 size of data for note
8047
8048 Return:
8049 End of buffer containing note. */
8050
8051 char *
8052 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8053 char *buf,
8054 int *bufsiz,
8055 const char *name,
8056 int type,
8057 const void *input,
8058 int size)
8059 {
8060 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8061 size_t namesz;
8062 size_t pad;
8063 size_t newspace;
8064 char *p, *dest;
8065
8066 namesz = 0;
8067 pad = 0;
8068 if (name != NULL)
8069 {
8070 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8071
8072 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8073 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8074 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
8075 }
8076
8077 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
8078
8079 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8080 dest = p + *bufsiz;
8081 *bufsiz += newspace;
8082 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8083 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8084 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8085 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8086 dest = xnp->name;
8087 if (name != NULL)
8088 {
8089 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8090 dest += namesz;
8091 while (pad != 0)
8092 {
8093 *dest++ = '\0';
8094 --pad;
8095 }
8096 }
8097 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8098 return p;
8099 }
8100
8101 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8102 char *
8103 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8104 char *buf,
8105 int *bufsiz,
8106 const char *fname,
8107 const char *psargs)
8108 {
8109 int note_type;
8110 char *note_name = "CORE";
8111
8112 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8113 psinfo_t data;
8114 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8115 #else
8116 prpsinfo_t data;
8117 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8118 #endif
8119
8120 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8121 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8122 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8123 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8124 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8125 }
8126 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8127
8128 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8129 char *
8130 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8131 char *buf,
8132 int *bufsiz,
8133 long pid,
8134 int cursig,
8135 const void *gregs)
8136 {
8137 prstatus_t prstat;
8138 char *note_name = "CORE";
8139
8140 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8141 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8142 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8143 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8144 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8145 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8146 }
8147 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8148
8149 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8150 char *
8151 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8152 char *buf,
8153 int *bufsiz,
8154 long pid,
8155 int cursig,
8156 const void *gregs)
8157 {
8158 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8159 char *note_name = "CORE";
8160
8161 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8162 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8163 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8164 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8165 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8166 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8167 #if !defined(gregs)
8168 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8169 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8170 #else
8171 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8172 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8173 #endif
8174 #endif
8175 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8176 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8177 }
8178 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8179
8180 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8181 char *
8182 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8183 char *buf,
8184 int *bufsiz,
8185 long pid,
8186 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8187 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8188 {
8189 pstatus_t pstat;
8190 char *note_name = "CORE";
8191
8192 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8193 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8194 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8195 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8196 return buf;
8197 }
8198 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8199
8200 char *
8201 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8202 char *buf,
8203 int *bufsiz,
8204 const void *fpregs,
8205 int size)
8206 {
8207 char *note_name = "CORE";
8208 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8209 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8210 }
8211
8212 char *
8213 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8214 char *buf,
8215 int *bufsiz,
8216 const void *xfpregs,
8217 int size)
8218 {
8219 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8220 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8221 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8222 }
8223
8224 static bfd_boolean
8225 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8226 {
8227 char *buf;
8228 char *p;
8229
8230 if (size <= 0)
8231 return TRUE;
8232
8233 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8234 return FALSE;
8235
8236 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8237 if (buf == NULL)
8238 return FALSE;
8239
8240 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
8241 {
8242 error:
8243 free (buf);
8244 return FALSE;
8245 }
8246
8247 p = buf;
8248 while (p < buf + size)
8249 {
8250 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8251 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8252 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8253
8254 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8255
8256 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8257 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8258
8259 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8260 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8261 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8262
8263 if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8264 {
8265 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8266 goto error;
8267 }
8268 else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8269 {
8270 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8271 goto error;
8272 }
8273 else
8274 {
8275 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8276 goto error;
8277 }
8278
8279 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8280 }
8281
8282 free (buf);
8283 return TRUE;
8284 }
8285 \f
8286 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8287
8288 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8289 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8290 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8291
8292 long
8293 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8294 {
8295 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8296 {
8297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8298 return -1;
8299 }
8300
8301 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8302 }
8303
8304 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8305 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8306 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8307 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8308
8309 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8310 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8311
8312 int
8313 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8314 {
8315 int num_phdrs;
8316
8317 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8318 {
8319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8320 return -1;
8321 }
8322
8323 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8324 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8325 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8326
8327 return num_phdrs;
8328 }
8329
8330 void
8331 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8332 {
8333 #ifdef BFD64
8334 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8335
8336 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8337 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8338 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8339 else
8340 {
8341 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8342 {
8343 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8344 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8345 #else
8346 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8347 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8348 #endif
8349 }
8350 else
8351 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8352 }
8353 #else
8354 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8355 #endif
8356 }
8357
8358 void
8359 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8360 {
8361 #ifdef BFD64
8362 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8363
8364 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8365 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8366 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8367 else
8368 {
8369 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8370 {
8371 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8372 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8373 #else
8374 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8375 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8376 #endif
8377 }
8378 else
8379 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8380 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8381 }
8382 #else
8383 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8384 #endif
8385 }
8386
8387 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8388 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8389 {
8390 return reloc_class_normal;
8391 }
8392
8393 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8394 relocation against a local symbol. */
8395
8396 bfd_vma
8397 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8398 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8399 asection **psec,
8400 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8401 {
8402 asection *sec = *psec;
8403 bfd_vma relocation;
8404
8405 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8406 + sec->output_offset
8407 + sym->st_value);
8408 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8409 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8410 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8411 {
8412 rel->r_addend =
8413 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8414 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8415 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8416 if (sec != *psec)
8417 {
8418 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8419 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8420 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8421 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8422 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8423 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8424 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8425 sec = *psec;
8426 }
8427 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8428 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8429 }
8430 return relocation;
8431 }
8432
8433 bfd_vma
8434 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8435 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8436 asection **psec,
8437 bfd_vma addend)
8438 {
8439 asection *sec = *psec;
8440
8441 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8442 return sym->st_value + addend;
8443
8444 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8445 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8446 sym->st_value + addend);
8447 }
8448
8449 bfd_vma
8450 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8451 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8452 asection *sec,
8453 bfd_vma offset)
8454 {
8455 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8456 {
8457 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8458 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8459 offset);
8460 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8461 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8462 default:
8463 return offset;
8464 }
8465 }
8466 \f
8467 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8468 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8469 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8470 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8471 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8472 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8473
8474 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8475 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8476 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8477 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8478 the remote memory. */
8479
8480 bfd *
8481 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8482 (bfd *templ,
8483 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8484 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8485 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8486 {
8487 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8488 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8489 }
8490 \f
8491 long
8492 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8493 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8494 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8495 long dynsymcount,
8496 asymbol **dynsyms,
8497 asymbol **ret)
8498 {
8499 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8500 asection *relplt;
8501 asymbol *s;
8502 const char *relplt_name;
8503 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8504 arelent *p;
8505 long count, i, n;
8506 size_t size;
8507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8508 char *names;
8509 asection *plt;
8510
8511 *ret = NULL;
8512
8513 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8514 return 0;
8515
8516 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8517 return 0;
8518
8519 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8520 return 0;
8521
8522 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8523 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8524 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8525 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8526 if (relplt == NULL)
8527 return 0;
8528
8529 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8530 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8531 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8532 return 0;
8533
8534 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8535 if (plt == NULL)
8536 return 0;
8537
8538 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8539 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8540 return -1;
8541
8542 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8543 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8544 p = relplt->relocation;
8545 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8546 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8547
8548 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8549 if (s == NULL)
8550 return -1;
8551
8552 names = (char *) (s + count);
8553 p = relplt->relocation;
8554 n = 0;
8555 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8556 {
8557 size_t len;
8558 bfd_vma addr;
8559
8560 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8561 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8562 continue;
8563
8564 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8565 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8566 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8567 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8568 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8569 s->section = plt;
8570 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8571 s->name = names;
8572 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8573 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8574 names += len;
8575 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8576 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8577 ++n;
8578 }
8579
8580 return n;
8581 }
8582
8583 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8584 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8585
8586 static int
8587 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8588 {
8589 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8590 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8591 int shndx;
8592
8593 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8594 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8595 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8596 return 1;
8597 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8598 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8599 return -1;
8600
8601 /* Sorted by section index. */
8602 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8603 if (shndx != 0)
8604 return shndx;
8605
8606 /* Sorted by binding. */
8607 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8608 }
8609
8610 struct elf_symbol
8611 {
8612 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8613 const char *name;
8614 };
8615
8616 static int
8617 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8618 {
8619 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8620 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8621 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8622 }
8623
8624 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8625 symbols. */
8626
8627 bfd_boolean
8628 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8629 {
8630 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8631 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8632 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8633 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8634 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8635 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8636 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8637 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8638 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8639 int shndx1, shndx2;
8640 bfd_boolean result;
8641
8642 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8643 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8644
8645 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8646 section name. */
8647 if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8648 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8649 && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8650 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8651 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8652 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8653
8654 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8655 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8656 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8657 return FALSE;
8658
8659 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8660 return FALSE;
8661
8662 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8663 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8664 {
8665 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8666 same group name. */
8667 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8668 return FALSE;
8669 }
8670
8671 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8672 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8673 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8674 return FALSE;
8675
8676 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8677 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8678 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8679 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8680 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8681 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8682
8683 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8684 return FALSE;
8685
8686 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8687 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8688 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8689 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8690
8691 result = FALSE;
8692 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8693 goto done;
8694
8695 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8696 the beginning. */
8697 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8698 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8699 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8700 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8701
8702 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8703 count1 = 0;
8704 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8705 isym < isymend; isym++)
8706 {
8707 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8708 {
8709 if (count1 == 0)
8710 isymstart1 = isym;
8711 count1++;
8712 }
8713
8714 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8715 break;
8716 }
8717
8718 count2 = 0;
8719 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8720 isym < isymend; isym++)
8721 {
8722 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8723 {
8724 if (count2 == 0)
8725 isymstart2 = isym;
8726 count2++;
8727 }
8728
8729 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8730 break;
8731 }
8732
8733 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8734 goto done;
8735
8736 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8737 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8738
8739 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8740 goto done;
8741
8742 symp = symtable1;
8743 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8744 isym < isymend; isym++)
8745 {
8746 symp->sym = isym;
8747 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8748 hdr1->sh_link,
8749 isym->st_name);
8750 symp++;
8751 }
8752
8753 symp = symtable2;
8754 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8755 isym < isymend; isym++)
8756 {
8757 symp->sym = isym;
8758 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8759 hdr2->sh_link,
8760 isym->st_name);
8761 symp++;
8762 }
8763
8764 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8765 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8766 elf_sym_name_compare);
8767 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8768 elf_sym_name_compare);
8769
8770 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8771 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8772 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8773 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8774 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8775 goto done;
8776
8777 result = TRUE;
8778
8779 done:
8780 if (symtable1)
8781 free (symtable1);
8782 if (symtable2)
8783 free (symtable2);
8784 if (isymbuf1)
8785 free (isymbuf1);
8786 if (isymbuf2)
8787 free (isymbuf2);
8788
8789 return result;
8790 }
8791
8792 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8793 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8794 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8795 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8796
8797 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8798
8799 bfd_boolean
8800 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec,
8801 bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec)
8802 {
8803 if (asec == NULL
8804 || bsec == NULL
8805 || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8806 || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8807 return TRUE;
8808
8809 return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec);
8810 }
This page took 0.211279 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.